Category Archives: British Isles – Railways and Tramways

The Stockton & Darlington Railway

On 27th September 2025 we marked the bicentenary of the Stockton & Darlington Railway which is accepted the world over as one of the most significant developments in the history of railways, the precursor of all that was to follow in the development of railway networks throughout the world. That day, Locomotion No. 1 (a replica appears in the featured image above) pulled a long train along the Stockton and Darlington Railway. …………

The logo for the series of events across the country to mark this significant anniversary. [46]

Andrew Wilson, writing in 2002, said that the Stockton & Darlington Railway (S&DR) “was incorporated in 1821. With the line from Stockton to Shildon opening on 27th September 1825. The S&DR became the world’s first steam-operated railway, although passenger services were initially horse-drawn; regular steam-powered passenger services commenced in 1833. In 1843 the line was extended to Bishop Auckland, and Barnard Castle was reached in 1856. Additional lines were soon planned, and one of these the South Durham & Lancashire Union Railway sought to link Bishop Auckland and Tebay so that coke from the Durham coalfields could be easily moved to the Furness ironworks, and iron-ore moved back to Cleveland.” [1: p13]

The Institution of Civil Engineers says that “The Stockton and Darlington Railway (S&DR) was the first passenger railway to use steam trains to transport passengers.” [4] The Company started operations at the end of September 1825 and was eventually taken over by the North Eastern Railway in 1863 when “it consisted of 200 route miles (320km) and around 160 locomotives.” [4]

Network Rail says: “On 27th September 1825, the world’s first passenger train, hauled by George Stephenson’s Locomotion No.1, carried more than 400 people along the Stockton and Darlington Railway. The landmark event drew crowds of up to 40,000 people and marked the birth of modern passenger train travel.” [46]

Darren Caplan, chief executive of trade body the Railway Industry Association, said: “It is hard to overstate the benefits that the railway has brought, and continues to bring, not just to the UK, but also globally, since 1825. Rail networks don’t just keep people connected, they also play a crucial role in spurring economic growth, creating jobs, boosting sustainability, and bringing together local communities.” [46]

The Encyclopedia Brittanica speaks of the S&DR as “first railway in the world to operate freight and passenger services with steam traction.” [6]

The Friends of the Stockton & Darlington Railway say that the S&DR “demonstrated to the wider world that such a railway could be a technical and financial success. The S&DR made possible the railways that were to follow such as the Liverpool & Manchester Railway. … It was therefore the birthplace of the modern railways that we know today.” [5]

Asked, ‘What’s so special about the S&DR?’ Neil Hammond, the Chair of the Friends of the Stockton & Darlington Railway, said, “We would argue that it’s the railway that got the world on track.” [7]

J. S. Jeans, writing in 1875, somewhat effusively called the S&DR, “the greatest idea of modern times.” [9] (His book appears in the adjacent image.)

According to Hammond, the S&DR, for the first time, brought together various elements of engineering and ideas for what a railway could be, which gave the rest of the world a blueprint for how to build a recognisably modern railway. Anthony Coulls of the National Railway Museum said that, “It set the DNA for the railway system.” [7]

From the outset, it was much more than just a way of conveying coal, unlike many of the other early railways. Transport of other goods and regular passenger services were intrinsic to its operation and purpose. “It used a combination of horses, stationary steam engines and steam-powered locomotives to pull wagons along its 26 miles, from the coalfields of County Durham to the port on the River Tees at Stockton, via the then-village of Shildon and market town of Darlington. Signalling systems, timetables and the idea of stations were all developed by the S&DR.” [7]

While there had been earlier wooden waggonways, metal plateways and the use of steam engines, it was the coming together of engineering excellence with the motivation, vision and financial backing, mainly from Darlington’s Quaker families, in particular Edward Pease, which made the S&DR a significant milestone in the creation of what we now think of as the modern railway system. It required business people to recognise the potential role of the railway for communities and businesses beyond the mineral industries and to invest in a service that anyone (the public) could buy into and make use of. In return, unlike earlier mineral waggonways, the rail infrastructure would be a permanent fixture with a regular service linking populated areas and so attract additional businesses and industries resulting in population growth and movement. … By 1830, the S&DR was already a network of main and branch lines and had demonstrated to others building railways elsewhere in the UK and abroad, the model of a permanent, profitable steam powered public railway.” [8]

Coulls said that “Engineers travelled from across Britain and the world to see the the railway in action, to replicate its successes and learn from its mistakes. Bigger railways, such as the Manchester to Liverpool line, followed soon after and within a decade there was a global ‘railway mania’, akin to the rapid development and impact of the internet in the 20th Century.” [7]

He continued: “The S&DR was not the first railway and it was rapidly eclipsed. But it proved the practicality of the steam locomotive pulling trains over long distances.” [7]

There have been quite a number of detractors over the years and questions have been raised about the true place of the S&DR in railway history. As Coulls said, “it was not the first railway and it was rapidly eclipsed.” [7]

What we do know is that at least 400 people (maybe 600) travelled by train on the Stockton and Darlington Railway on 27th September 1825 and we know that around 40,000 people turned up to witness the event. [46] What is it that makes that event remarkable enough to be seen as the moment that the modern railway was born?

Lets first, make sure that we have understood the story on the Stockton & Darlington Railway Company: …

A Short History of the Stockton & Darlington Railway

Coal Reserves in Co. Durham

Coalfields in the United Kingdom in the 19th century. [103]

The Durham Coalfield is continuous with the Northumberland Coalfield to its North. It extends from Bishop Auckland in the South to the boundary with the county of Northumberland along the River Tyne in the North, beyond which is the Northumberland Coalfield. [106]

The two contiguous coalfield areas were often referred to as the Durham and Northumberland Coalfield(s) or as the Great Northern Coalfield. [108]

Three major ‘measures’ of Coal exist(ed) in the Durham Coalfield:

Upper (Youngest) Coal Measures: Hylton Castle Seam. [103]
Middle Coal Measures: Dean, Hebburn Fell, Usworth, Ryhope Five-Quarter, Ryhope Little, High Main, Metal, Five-Quarter, Main, Maudlin, Durham Low Main; Brass Thill, and Hutton Seams. [103]
Lower (Oldest) Coal Measures: Harvey, Tilley, Busty, Three-Quarter, Brockwell, Victoria, Marshall Green and Ganister Clay Seams. [103]

A closer focus on the Durham Coalfield: from a pamphlet printed by the National Coal Board in the 1950s, courtesy of ‘Mining History UK’, www.mhuk.org.uk. [106]
Early Collieries tended to be sited as close as possible to major rivers. This is true of the Durham Coalfield – along both the Tyne and the Wear. The Tees appears bottom-right in this sketch map and was outside the extent of the Durham coalfield. [104]
The Durham Coalfield: showing the mining areas developed before 1800. Proximity to river courses was paramount in keeping transport costs as low as possible. It is noticeable again that the River Tees and Stockton and Darlington were well outside the coalfield to the South. [104]
This drawing highlights the extended areas of coal mining in 1800-1825 and 1825-1850. The areas concerned remain significantly to the North of the River Tees (and, indeed, Darlington and Stockton). [104]
A cross-section of the Coalfield looking North. [104]

THe UK was the first country to develop its coal resources to any appreciable extent. The Durham Coalfield was among the first to be worked. The initiative came largely from the Bishops of Durham. The accounts of the See of Durham between 1274-1345 include a reference to the profits of the Bishop’s coalmines. By the middle of the fourteenth century mining had become well established at Whickham and Gateshead on the south side of the Tyne. “In 1366-1367 coal from Winlaton was bought by Edward III for the works at Windsor Castle. Coalpits were also in operation at Ferryhill, Hett and Lanchester before 1350. However, the cheapness of transport enjoyed by the pits close to the rivers gave them a big advantage and even at the beginning of the seventeenth century, almost all the large collieries were along the Tyne. Development of the Wear valley reserves led to the increasing importance of Sunderland as an exporting port, and by the time of the Civil War, the town had become, next to Newcastle, the biggest centre of the trade in the British Isles. The growth in the trade from the Tyne was phenomenal. In the year ended at Michaelmas, 1564, almost 33,000 tons of coal were shipped from Newcastle: in 1685, the tonnage was 616,000 almost 19 times as much.” [106]

Development of the industry in South Durham did not lag much behind the rest of the County. “As far back as the fourteenth century, part of the Bishopric of Durham south of Bishop Auckland was being successfully worked for coal. The Upper Wear Valley between Durham City and Bishop Auckland was in the Middle Ages the most populous part of the county because of the lead mines in the district. The coal consumed came from small workings sprinkled all through the valley and J. U. Nef, in his book ‘The Rise of the British Coal Industry’, estimates that by the middle of the seventeenth century there must have been twenty or thirty pits within an area of about 150 square miles. Every manor of any size had its own pits.” [106]

In more recent times, production from the Durham coal mines increased from about 26 million tons in 1877 to the highest recorded figure of almost 56 million tons in 1913. Just after the 1st World War there were 170,000 miners at work in the Durham coalfields. Since then, however, production has declined significantly. By the late 20th century production, with the closure of mines during the middle years of the century, production fell rapidly. The last mine in the Durham Coalfield closed in 1994. [107] The last in the Northumberland Coalfield (Ellington Colliery) closed in 2005. [108]

A few things to note:-

  • Coal Output – according to Sunnyside Local History Society, prior to the introduction of tramroads and then railways the combined output of the Northumberland and Durham coalfields was around 2,000,000 tons of coal per annum. [109] By 1850, the output was around 5,800,000 tons. By 1865, the coal exported from the combined coalfield was about 6,400,000 tons per annum. The railways and, prior to them, the tramroads enabled this dramatic increase, markedly increasing productivity and reducing costs. [110]
  • The location of Darlington and Stockton – both are some distance outside the Durham Coalfield. It is reasonable to ask what it was that meant that a railway route via Darlington to Stockton on the River Tees was considered to be the best route for the export of coal from the Southwest area of the coalfield. In practical terms, although the River Wear penetrated the Durham Coalfield close to the deposits in the Southwest, it was not navigable for much of its length. This meant that the distance to the port at Stockton (where the Tees was navigable) was shorter than the distance to Sunderland. The coal that was produced in the Southwest of the coalfield was either for local use or travelled by pack horse routes across the higher ground between the River Wear and the River Tees, or were carted on poorly surfaced roads to Stockton. It was natural, therefore to look to improve the route already used, rather than seek out significantly different alternative routes to the North and East. Landowners in the Southwest of the coalfield would only be able to exploit the coal reserves under their land once an economically sustainable transport method could be devised.
  • Pack horses – could carry about an eighth of a ton each. [111]
  • Tramroads – dramatically increased the capacity which a single horse could pull, from around 1 ton over uneven and poorly maintained roads to around 10 tons/horse. The problem, in the early 1800s, was to cost of horses and fodder. The Napoleonic Wars resulted in a dramatic increase in the cost of fodder and horses became more scarce as a result of the demands made by the wars. Landowners needed cheaper ways to transport coal to the ports for onward transport to London and the South. [112]
  • Canals – a number of different schemes were considered but foundered because of cost or the level differences involved in reach mines in the Pennine hills. If viable, they would have dramatically increased the load which could be pulled by one horse to as much as 30 tons! [111]
  • Steam railways – initially saw the amount of freight carried as 80 tons/locomotive (the amount pulled by Locomotion No. 1 on its inaugural trip on the Stockton and Darlington Railway). [113] And would go on to be able to move 100s of tons in single trains as the technology improved.

The Development of the Stockton & Darlington Railway

Until the 19th century, coal from the inland mines in southern County Durham used to be taken away on packhorses. Then later by horse-drawn carts as the roads were improved. [47]

A number of canal schemes failed.

Promoters included George Dixon, John Rennie, James Bradley and Robert Whitworth. [117]

The River Tees was straightened in the early 19th century through the creation of two cuts, the Mandale Cut (1810 – 220 yards long, saving over 2 miles of journey) and the Portrack Cut (1831 – 700 yards long), significantly improving access to Stockton’s port. [47]

Also in the early 19th century, another canal was proposed to take coal from the mines in the Southwest of Co. Durham to Stockton. The proposed route bypassed Yarm and Darlington and the scheme was resisted by Edward Pease and Jonathan Backhouse, both of Darlington. [47] It was at a meeting held in Yarm to oppose the construction of the canal that a tramroad was proposed. [48: p16] The Welsh engineer George Overton advised building a tramroad. He carried out a survey [49: p45-47] and planned a route from the Etherley and Witton Collieries to Shildon, and then passing to the north of Darlington to reach Stockton. The Scottish engineer Robert Stevenson was said to favour the railway, and the Quaker Edward Pease supported it at a public meeting in Darlington on 13th November 1818, promising a five per cent return on investment. [48: p16-17][49: p55 & 63] Approximately two-thirds of the shares were sold locally, and the rest were bought by Quakers nationally. [50: p33, 52, 79–80, 128][51][52][53: p223] A private bill was presented to Parliament in March 1819, but as the route passed through Earl of Eldon’s estate and one of the Earl of Darlington’s fox coverts, it was opposed and defeated by 13 votes. [11][54]

This plan, drawn by George Stephenson shows the original tramroad proposed by George Overton and George Stephenson’s own proposals for a railway. [118]

The first submission of a bill for what became the Stockton & Darlington Railway was deferred because of the death of George III. A revised bill was submitted on 30th September 1820. The route had to avoid the lands of Lord Darlington and Viscount Barrington. [49: p64-67][54]

The railway was unopposed this time, but the bill nearly failed to enter the committee stage as the required four-fifths of shares had not been sold. Pease subscribed £7,000; from that time he had considerable influence over the railway and it became known as “the Quaker line”. The Stockton and Darlington Railway Act 1821 (1 & 2 Geo. 4. c. xliv), which received royal assent on 19th April 1821, allowed for a railway that could be used by anyone with suitably built vehicles on payment of a toll, that was closed at night, and with which land owners within 5 miles (8 km) could build branches and make junctions;[49: p70][50: p37] no mention was made of steam locomotives. [48: p19][54]

What does seem significant, with the benefit of hindsight, is the way that this new railway initiated the construction of more railway lines, causing significant developments in railway mapping and cartography, iron and steel manufacturing, as well as in any industries requiring more efficient transportation. The railway(s) produced a demand for railway related supplies while simultaneously providing the mechanisms which brought significant economies of scale and logistics to many manufacturers and businesses [54][56][57]

This graph shows just how significant industrial growth was in the period before 1870 The vertical scale is logarithmic and we are focussing only on the period from 1800 to 1870. Each element of the industrial economy is set to a value of 100 in the year 1700. By 1800 the metals and mining sector had grown to 4.6 times its value in 1700, by 1870 it had risen to 618 times the 1700 value. The very rapid rise is due primarily to improvements in technology of which the railways were a dominant part. [119]
Edward Pease and George Stephenson, (c) Public Domain.

Edward Pease (1767-1858) was the chief inspiration and founder of the S&DR, in choosing a railway rather than a canal, in promoting its route, via Darlington, and adopting steam locomotive power.” [58: p13] Edward Pease had some concerns about George Overton’s competence in respect of railway construction. He turned to George Stephenson who had proven himself to be an excellent engine-wright at the Killingworth collieries, for advice. [54] In addition, Pease invested £7,000 (as much as £750,000 today) of his own money to overcome cashflow problems

A early share certificate (1823) for the Stockton and Darlington Railway. [127]

Pease also undertook, with fellow Quakers, what was perhaps the first targeted national sale of shares. They sought a wider involvement in share ownership beyond those immediately involved with their project.

On 12th May 1821 the shareholders appointed Thomas Meynell as chairman and Jonathan Backhouse as treasurer; a majority of the managing committee, which included Thomas Richardson, Edward Pease and his son Joseph Pease, were Quakers. The committee designed a seal, showing waggons being pulled by a horse, and adopted the Latin motto Periculum privatum utilitas publica (“At private risk for public service”).[49: p73][50: p184] By 23rd July 1821, it had decided that the line would be a railway with edge rails, rather than a plateway, and appointed Stephenson to make a fresh survey of the line, [49: p74][54]

The Seal of the Stockton & Darlington Railway Co. © Public Domain. [49: p73][55]

The seal of the railway company was designed in 1821. It is clear that, at that time at least, the planned railway was not intended for steam propulsion or passenger use.

The Latin motto is Periculum privatum utilitas publica (At private risk for public service). [54]

Stephenson recommended using malleable iron rails, even though he owned a share of the patent for cast iron rails. Malleable iron rails formed about 65% of the railway but cast iron rails were used at junctions and on the remainder of the line. [4][59: p74][60]

By the end of 1821, Stephenson “had reported that a usable line could be built within the bounds of the Act of Parliament, but another route would be shorter by 3 miles (5 km) and avoid deep cuttings and tunnels.” [48: p20]

Overton had kept himself available, but had no further involvement and the shareholders elected Stephenson [as] Engineer on 22nd January 1822, with a salary of £660 per year. [49: p79-80] On 23rd May 1822 a ceremony in Stockton celebrated the laying of the first track at St John’s Well, the rails 4 ft 8 in (1,422 mm) apart, [61] the same gauge used by Stephenson on his Killingworth Railway.” [48: p20][54] This was altered to 4 ft 8½ in to reduce binding on curves. [120: p19]

Stephenson advocated the use of steam locomotives on the line. [48: p19] Pease visited Killingworth in mid-1822 [62: p154] and the directors visited Hetton colliery railway, on which Stephenson had introduced steam locomotives. [49: p83] A new bill was presented, requesting Stephenson’s deviations from the original route and the use of “locomotives or moveable engines”, and this received royal assent on 23rd May 1823 as the Stockton and Darlington Railway Act 1823 (4 Geo. 4. c. xxxiii).[49: p85-86] The line included embankments up to 48 feet (15 m) high, and Stephenson designed an iron truss bridge to cross the River Gaunless. The Skerne Bridge over the River Skerne was designed by the Durham architect Ignatius Bonomi.” [59: p75][65][54] George Stephenson’s bridge over the Gaunless suffered flood damage and had to be rebuilt – the directors of the railway company instructed Stephenson to consult Bonomi about the construction of Skerne Bridge – Bonomi designed a stone arch bridge, with a single arch spanning the river and two smaller flood arches over the paths either side. Bonomi’s bridge is still in use today. “Being the oldest railway bridge in continuous use in the world, it is a Grade I listed building.” [68]

Stephenson’s Iron Bridge across the River Gaunless, © Public Domain, first published in The Engineer in 1875, and published as detailed above in 1915 by William W. Tomlinson. [49: p107].
A victorian photograph of George Stephenson’s bridge over the River Gaunless, © Public Domain. [102]
A watercolour from the 1825 journal of the Revd John Skinner showing Skerne Bridge as originally built. The Revd John Skinner was touring the North-East of England in August 1825, and sketched the newly-built railway bridge that carried the Stockton and Darlington Railway over the River Skerne. This is the only known image of the bridge in as-built condition; all later images (even those purporting to portray the opening day in September 1825) show the bridge with strengthening buttresses, which were were added in 1829, © Public Domain (British Library Add MS 33684 f. 89). [69]
Skerne Bridge seen from the South in May 2021. The oldest railway bridge in continuous use in the world. The centre section is the original stone arch built for the Stockton and Darlington Railway in 1825; the curved flanking walls were added later to strengthen it. The bridge was also widened on the north side; this was later removed, leaving only the piers beside the original bridge, © Verbarson and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [70]

By 1823, Stephenson and Pease had opened Robert Stephenson and Company, a locomotive works at Forth Street, Newcastle, from which the following year the S&DR ordered two steam locomotives and two stationary engines. [49: p95-96][54]

This highlights another way in which the S&DR was very much of its time and looked different from a modern railway: It only used locomotives (or horses) on the level sections of the line. Inclines were operated by a combination of gravity and steam-power from stationary engines.

On 16th September 1825, with the stationary engines in place, the first locomotive, ‘Locomotion No. 1’, left the works, and the following day it was advertised that the railway would open on 27th September 1825.” [49: p105][54]

The Opening of the Line

Wikipedia tells us that “the cost of building the railway had greatly exceeded the estimates. By September 1825, the company had borrowed £60,000 in short-term loans and needed to start earning an income to ward off its creditors. A railway coach, named Experiment, [71] arrived on the evening of 26th September 1825 and was attached to Locomotion No. 1, which had been placed on the rails for the first time at Aycliffe Lane station following the completion of its journey by road from Newcastle earlier that same day. Pease, Stephenson and other members of the committee then made an experimental journey to Darlington before taking the locomotive and coach to Shildon in preparation for the opening day, with James Stephenson, George’s elder brother, at the controls. [49: p105-106] On 27th September, between 7 am and 8 am, 12 waggons of coal [74] were drawn up Etherley North Bank by a rope attached to the stationary engine at the top, and then let down the South Bank to St Helen’s Auckland. A waggon of flour bags was attached and horses hauled the train across the Gaunless Bridge to the bottom of Brusselton West Bank, where thousands watched the second stationary engine draw the train up the incline. The train was let down the East Bank to Mason’s Arms Crossing at Shildon Lane End, where Locomotion No. 1, Experiment and 21 new coal waggons fitted with seats were waiting.” [49: p109-110]

The opening train of the Stockton and Darlington Railway crosses Skerne Bridge. The bridge drawn here is actually the later version of the bridge with pilasters, buttresses and wingwalls which were not part of Bonomi’s original design, © Public Domain. [67: p192]

Between 450 and 600 people travelled behind Locomotion No. 1, most in empty waggons but some on top of waggons full of coal. Wikipedia tells us that “brakesmen were placed between the waggons, and the train set off, led by a man on horseback with a flag. It picked up speed on the gentle downward slope and reached 10 to 12 miles per hour (16 to 19 km/h), leaving behind men on field hunters (horses) who had tried to keep up with the procession. The train stopped when the waggon carrying the company surveyors and engineers lost a wheel; the waggon was left behind and the train continued. The train stopped again, this time for 35 minutes to repair the locomotive and the train set off again, reaching 15 mph (24 km/h) before it was welcomed by an estimated 10,000 people as it came to a stop at the Darlington branch junction. Eight and a half miles (14 km) had been covered in two hours, and subtracting the 55 minutes accounted by the two stops, it had travelled at an average speed of 8 mph (13 km/h). Six waggons of coal were distributed to the poor, workers stopped for refreshments and many of the passengers from Brusselton alighted at Darlington, to be replaced by others.” [49: p110-112][54][59: p85]

The opening of the Stockton & Darlington Railway on 27th September 1825, a painting by John Dobbin, © Public Domain. [77]

Wikipedia continues: “Two waggons for the Yarm Band were attached, and at 12:30 pm the locomotive started for Stockton, now hauling 31 vehicles with 550 passengers. On the 5 miles (8 km) of nearly level track east of Darlington the train struggled to reach more than 4 mph (6.4 km/h). At Eaglescliffe near Yarm crowds waited for the train to cross the Stockton to Yarm turnpike. Approaching Stockton, running alongside the turnpike as it skirted the western edge of Preston Park, it gained speed and reached 15 mph (24 km/h) again, before a man clinging to the outside of a waggon fell off and his foot was crushed by the following vehicle. As work on the final section of track to Stockton’s quayside was still ongoing, the train halted at the temporary passenger terminus at St John’s Well 3 hours, 7 minutes after leaving Darlington. The opening ceremony was considered a success and that evening 102 people sat down to a celebratory dinner at the Town Hall.” [49: p112-114]

The story of the opening day illustrates effectively that the line was not hauled throughout by steam locomotives and relied significantly on stationary steam engines for managing movements on steep inclines.

Early Days

The railway that opened in September 1825 was 25 miles (40 km) long and ran from Phoenix Pit, Old Etherley Colliery, to Cottage Row, Stockton; there was also a 1⁄2 mile (800 m) branch to the depot at Darlington, 1⁄2 mile (800 m) of the Hagger Leases branch, and a 3⁄4 mile (1,200 m) branch to Yarm. [49: p106] Most of the track used 28 pounds per yard (13.9 kg/m) malleable iron rails, and 4 miles (6.4 km) of 57 1⁄2 lb/yd (28.5 kg/m) cast iron rails were used for junctions.” [49: p89-90][54][79] To put this in context, modern railway rails typically weigh between 40 to 70 kg/m (88 to 154 lb/yd), with heavier rails used for higher speeds and axle loads. In Europe, a common range is 40 to 60 kg/m, while in North America, it’s more common to see rails in the 55 to 70kg/m (115 to 154 lb/yd) range. The heaviest mass-produced rail was 77.5 kg/m (171 lb/yd). [78][79][80]

The full length of the Stockton & Darlington Railway in 1827 – modern railways are shown as red lines. [54][81]

The S&DR was “single track with four passing loops per mile; [48: p27] square sleepers supported each rail separately so that horses could walk between them. [59: p74] Stone was used for the sleepers to the west of Darlington and oak to the east; Stephenson would have preferred all of them to have been stone, but the transport cost was too high as they were quarried in the Auckland area. [49: p91] The railway opened with the company owing money and unable to raise further loans; Pease advanced money twice early in 1826 so the workers could be paid. By August 1827 the company had paid its debts and was able to raise more money; that month the Black Boy branch opened and construction began on the Croft and Hagger Leases branches. During 1827, shares rose from £120 at the start to £160 at the end.” [49: p138-140][54] Horses could haul up to four waggons. Dandy Waggons were introduced in mid-1828. A Dandy Waggon “was a small cart at the end of the train that carried the horse downhill, allowing it to rest while the train descended under gravity. The S&DR made their use compulsory from November 1828.” [48: p27][49: p154-156][54]

The line was initially used to carry coal to Darlington and Stockton, carrying 10,000 tons [82] in the first three months and earning nearly £2,000. In Stockton, the price of coal dropped from 18 to 12 shillings, and by the beginning of 1827 was … 8s 6d.[49: p117, 119] At first, the drivers had been paid a daily wage, but after February 1826 they were paid 1⁄4d per ton per mile; from this they had to pay assistants and fireman and to buy coal for the locomotive. [49: p132] The 1821 Act of Parliament had received opposition from the owners of collieries on the River Wear who supplied London and feared competition, and it had been necessary to restrict the rate for transporting coal destined for ships to 1⁄2d per ton per mile, which had been assumed would make the business uneconomic. There was interest from London for 100,000 tons a year, so the company began investigations in September 1825. In January 1826, the first staith opened at Stockton, designed so waggons over a ship’s hold could discharge coal from the bottom. [49: p120-121] About 18,500 tons of coal was transported to ships in the year ending June 1827, and this increased to over 52,000 tons the following year, 44.5% of the total carried.” [49: p136][54]

Locomotives

The locomotives were unreliable at first. Soon after opening, Locomotion No. 1 broke a wheel, and it was not ready for traffic until 12th or 13th October; Hope, the second locomotive, arrived in November 1825 but needed a week to ready it for the line – the cast-iron wheels were a source of trouble. [49: p118-119, 142] Two more locomotives of a similar design arrived in 1826; that August, 16s 9d was spent on ale to motivate the men maintaining the engines. [49: p118-119, 142] By the end of 1827, the company had also bought Chittaprat from Robert Wilson and Experiment from Stephenson. Timothy Hackworth, locomotive superintendent, used the boiler from the unsuccessful Chittaprat to build the Royal George in the works at Shildon; it started work at the end of November.” [49: p116, 142-143][54] A drawing of the Royal George appears below.

The boiler was a plain cylinder 13 ft. long and 4 ft. 4 in. in diameter. There were six coupled wheels 4 feet in diameter, and the cylinders, which were placed vertically at the end opposite to the fire place, were 11″ diameter, the stroke of the piston being 20 inches. The piston rods worked downward and were connected to the first pair of wheels. [122]

Problems with the locomotives may have seen the railway reverting to the use of horses but for the fact that Pease and Thomas Richardson were partners with Stephenson in the Newcastle works. Locomotives were clearly superior to horses when they were working. In his book, Tomlinson showed that coal was being moved by locomotive at half the cost of using horses. Rolt could not imagine the company reverting to horses. [83] Robert Young states that the company was unsure as to the real costs as they reported to shareholders in 1828 that the saving using locomotives was 30 per cent. Young also showed that Pease and Richardson were both concerned about their investment in the Newcastle works and Pease unsuccessfully tried to sell his share to George Stephenson. [50: p61-63][54][84]

New locomotives were ordered from Stephenson’s, but the first was too heavy when it arrived in February 1828. It was rebuilt with six wheels and hailed as a great improvement, Hackworth being told to convert the remaining locomotives as soon as possible. In 1828, two locomotive boilers exploded within four months, both killing the driver and both due to the safety valves being left fixed down while the engine was stationary.” [49: p146-148][54]

Hackworth redesigned locomotive wheels – cast-iron wheels used to fracture too easily. His solution was the first use of “a system of cast iron wheel with a wrought iron tyre shrunk on. The wheels were made up in parts because the lathes in the Shildon workshops were too small to turn up the rims when fixed upon the axle. They were dotted with plug holes to ensure sound castings and reduce unnecessary weight. This new wheel type was very efficient and so was used on nearly every engine on the S&DR and on other railways for many years.” [124: p157-8][125: p30].

He designed the spring safety valve. He perfected the blast pipe and again it was to be used on many engines subsequently. Perhaps the most important invention was the blast pipe which ensured that boiler pressure was always maintained; thus curing the lack of steam found in Stephenson’s earlier engines.

Hackworth lagged Royal George’s boiler with strips of mahogany to insulate it. “Royal George” was built for coal traffic and so was designed to be strong and with good tractive adhesion suitable in all weathers and the blast pipe doubled the amount of useful work [it] could do.” [124: p228]. The ‘blast pipe’ discharged exhaust steam through a converging nozzle blast pipe in the chimney, greatly increasing combustion intensity and steam production.

The S&DR was designed to be operated by travelling locomotive and through the skills of Timothy Hackworth, it was here that the locomotive engine became reliable and efficient. Through his work for the S&DR, confidence in the use of locomotives was gradually built up so that other embryonic railway companies were also prepared to embark on their use. By the time the Liverpool and Manchester line opened in 1830 the S&DR had 12 locomotives and by 1832 it had 19.” [125: p2]

The surviving documentation suggests that without Hackworth’s promotion of the locomotive and his key developments such as the plug wheel and blast pipe which allowed the practical and ultimately successful implementation of locomotive power on the S&DR for all to see, then the railways that followed would have significantly delayed the use of travelling locomotives. Hackworth cast enough doubt in the Director’s minds of the Liverpool & Manchester Railway about the dangers and short comings of rope pulled inclines, that they organised the Rainhill Trials only months before opening in order to test the power and efficiency of various locomotives. … From 1828 when the locomotives were proven technology (thanks to Hackworth’s design of the Royal George the previous year), there was a growth in locomotive engineering companies in England, and by 1830, also in America and France.” [125: p3]

“Perhaps there was no man in the whole engineering world more prepared for the time in which he lived. He was a man of great inventive ability, great courage in design, and most daring in its application…” (The Auckland Chronicle, 29th April 1876 referring to Timothy Hackworth)

Passengers

Wikipedia tells us that “passenger traffic started on 10th October 1825, after the required licence was purchased, using the Experiment coach hauled by a horse. The coach was initially timetabled to travel from Stockton to Darlington in two hours, with a fare of 1s, and made a return journey four days a week and a one-way journey on Tuesdays and Saturdays. In April 1826, the operation of the coach was contracted for £200 a year; by then the timetabled journey time had been reduced to 1 hour 15 minutes, and passengers were allowed to travel on the outside for 9d. A more comfortable coach, Express, started the same month and charged 1s 6d for travel inside. [49: p122-126] Innkeepers began running coaches, two to Shildon from July, and The Union, which served the Yarm branch from 16th October. [49: p126-127] There were no stations: [87: p117] in Darlington the coaches picked up passengers near the North Road Crossing, whereas in Stockton they picked up at different places on the quay. [49: p130] Between 30,000 and 40,000 passengers were carried between July 1826 and June 1827.” [49: p131]

The Union” started operating on 16th October 1825 and ran between Stockton and Yarm. [121]

Innovation occurred relatively quickly, the company decided that it needed to provide hostelries (pubs) close to its coal depots. Tickets were sold in various locations but, significantly, in the pubs closest to pick up points. The practice mirrored what happened with stagecoaches.

Perhaps a more significant change seems to have happened almost organically. … Some of the buildings at coal depots began to provide space for passengers to wait along with other goods to be carried by the railway. … Heighington was a wayside location on the railway. It had a coal depot, and the S&DR built a public house in 1826-1827 to oversee the coal depot. Historic England describe the building as a proto-railway station, built before the concept of the railway station had fully developed. [123] This was the first such structure on the railway.

This was one among a number of loading and unloading depots which would evolve into the now familiar railway architecture such as goods and passenger stations. [125]

Developing Understanding

In truth, a lot of work went into getting three different forms of traction to harmonise – horse, inclined plane and locomotives on a single line. This was further complicated by the fact that it was a public railway that anyone could use subject to payment and an agreement to abide by any rules. The increasingly popular use of the single line also meant that rules had to be established for giving way and the ‘first past the post’ system was adopted. Signalling considered (but blocked by local landowners), [128: p12] warnings were sounded on the approach to level crossings, braking systems improved and sleepers made heavier. There was no past experience to learn from, no book to consult and the duties of railway officials had yet to be clearly defined. [124: p121]

The S&DR led the way in devising a system to run a public railway. It was here that passenger timetables evolved, baggage allowances were created, rules made regarding punishment for non-purchase of tickets, job descriptions for railway staff evolved and signalling and braking developed and improved for regular use. The S&DR also recognised the need for locomotives of a different design to haul passengers rather than heavy goods and the need to provide facilities for passengers and workers at stations – all before 1830.” [125: p2]

The Stockton & Darlington’s regulations were initially laid down in ten ‘rules’ set out in the company’s Act of Incorporation of 19th April 1821, which established fines for those failing to preserve order and security on the railway. These were of a fairly general nature. [128: p12-13]

Two rules had attached to them the massive (for the day) fine of £5, these required wagons to be especially constructed for the railway, to bear the owner’s name and wagon number in 3-inch high lettering, and to allow the company to gauge wagons if it felt necessary.

By July 1826, these rules were supplemented by 24 byelaws and rules concerning wagons taking to sidings, all of these suggesting that there were shortcomings in the original rules which were discovered as an early result of operational experience. [128: p67-68]

After the launch date in 1825, other advances followed rapidly. “The growth of health and safety, the administration of running a regional railway, … and, [critically,] commercial success that would reassure other investors that it was safe to invest in their own regional railway that would soon form part of a national and then international railway network.  The first purpose-built goods station (as opposed to coal and lime which went to the depot down the road) was opened in Darlington 1827. … [It formed] the inspiration for the later 1830 warehouse at Liverpool Road Station in Manchester which still survives.” [125]

Many aspects of the line were still unproven technology when they came to be used in the context of a public regional railway. Until it could be proven (and the launch of 1825 went some way to do that with enough customers ready to pay for the service to immediately allay fears of money losses), that the line had to work first before it could be expanded. It was up to the S&DR to find a way forward as new problems arose. [Much of that responsibility fell on Timothy Hackworth’s shoulders.] … Through the hard knocks of money shortages, operating difficulties and the limitations of contemporary engineering, the S&DR had discovered what would be necessary [to run a railway] by the start of 1829, at a time when the L&MR was still vacillating over vital traction and operating decisions.” [126: p11-12]

A Change in Passenger and Goods Services

It was 1833, before the passenger railway service began to become something like we would recognise today. By 1833, it had become obvious that the competing needs of passengers and goods under an open access model needed to be managed. Network management, capacity and overall co-ordination were increasingly seen as important. As the network expanded, the conflicts increased. Until 1833, passenger services were run by external contractors. In 1833, the S&DR took on this responsibility directly.

The railway changed from a kind of ‘public road’ on which all-comers could transport goods and passengers to a system where services were co-ordinated, managed, timetabled and run by the Company.

The S&DR established a permanent rail infrastructure providing a regular service transporting both goods and passengers. In this particular sense, the S&DR was truly the launch of a modern railway network. Managed, timetabled services for passengers and goods made possible the rapid expansion of railways in the 19th century across the globe, together with attendant huge worldwide social and economic change.

In a railway context, everything was being done for the first time:

the keeping of general records; various statistical and financial records; employment of staff and rules; at first all drivers were self-employed and paid their firemen themselves.

Engine shed maintenance records; the need for dedicated general goods facilities; all arrangements for passengers; the management and supply of first coke and then coal for use by steam engines. ….

The S&DR, from the official launch in September 1825, “was at the forefront of technology in terms of operating locomotives regularly and over a relatively long stretch of line, it was to the S&DR that other embryonic railway companies looked to. Railway engineers and promoters from other parts of the UK, France, and the USA attended the opening ceremony in 1825. Two of those distinguished French guests went on to found France’s first public railway. Others were to visit the S&DR Works in the years that followed including engineers from Prussia who took copious detailed notes on Hackworth’s experiments. Hackworth himself shared his results widely (often at the request of Edward Pease) and organised trials at the request of engineers from other companies who were torn between the use of canal versus railway, or horse versus locomotive, or stationary versus travelling engine. The S&DR was at its most influential until around 1830.” [125: p2] A very short period of time!

Beyond 1830, “there were significant technological achievements … such as the delivery of Russia’s first locomotives to the Tsar in the 1840s from Hackworth’s Soho Works in Shildon, the continuing evolution of the first railway towns at New Shildon and Middlesbrough and the delivery of gas to the works in New Shildon in 1841 before anywhere else in the country apart from Grainger Town in Newcastle. Further the grouping of internationally important structures with later pioneering structures (such as at North Road in Darlington or at Locomotion in Shildon) provides an insight into those rapidly developing days of the early railway and add value to each other.” [125: p3]

The First ‘Railway’ Town – New Shildon

Shildon was, at the start of the 1820s, just a tiny hamlet, (c) National Library of Scotland. [105]
The same area South of Bishop Auckland as it appears on Stephenson’s survey of 1821.
Shildon still appears as a tiny hamlet. [118]
On Dixon’s Plan of 1839, there is new housing, the S&DR’s Shildon Works, bottom left, and Timothy Hackworth’s Soho Works, top right. [129]
New Shildon has developed significantly by the time of this map extract. A significant number of streets are now present, and both the railway works and Hackworth’s Soho Works have expanded. Note Shildon’s Railway Station at the right side of the image. [130]
By the 21st century New Shildon has completely swallowed the original hamlet of Shildon and urban sprawl has devoured all of the land North to Bishop Auckland. [Google Maps, August 2025]

The Second ‘Railway’ Town – Port Darlington and Middlesbrough

The ongoing story of the railway company is one of strong growth particularly in the carriage of goods. It opened its own port near the mouth of the River Tees.

When Port Darlington opened for business at the end of 1830. Hackworth’s engine ‘The Globe’ hauled a passenger train carrying about 600 people down to the staithes, © Public Domain. [95][97]

Hackworth’s six steam powered coal drops and staithes at Port Darlington with a fully laden coal train approaching. Eston Nab can be seen on the Cleveland Hills in the distance, © Public Domain (Source: taken from a survey by Richard Otley, held at Teesside Archives (U.OME(2) 6/1)). [95] This image also appears on the front cover of ‘The Globe’ (July 2018), the journal of the Friends of the S&DR. [96]

The S&DR played a significant role in the rapid expansion of Middlesbrough. Initially a farming community of around 25 people at the beginning of the 19th century, it transformed into a major iron and steel producer, “spurred by the arrival of the Stockton and Darlington Railway and the discovery of iron ore in the Cleveland Hills. This rapid expansion led to a significant population increase and the development of a new town, planned by Joseph Pease and others, centred around a gridiron street pattern and a market square. [85][86] Middlesbrough had only a few houses before the coming of the railway, [87] but a year later had a population of over 2,000 and at the 2011 census had over 138,000 people. [88][89] Port Darlington was first established, as shown on the left of the image below, which also shows the gridiron street pattern in what would become Middlesbrough, the new town on the right of the image. [95]

Port Darlington’s staithes are on the left of this development plan, the fan of sidings and the staithes can be seen close to the red dot. This plan also shows the planned gridiron street pattern in the new town, on the right of the image behind the wharfs where ships could be loaded and unloaded. [95]
The same area in the 21st century, the red dot provides continuity between these two images. A single rail siding still serves the area which had the staithes and some of the gridiron pattern of streets remains. The first house was completed in the New Town in the Spring of 1830. [Google Maps July 2025]

We have already noted the staithes built at Port Darlington to allow more mechanised loading of ships. These staithes were ingeniously designed, even if health and safety was not as paramount as perhaps it should have been. The Port of Middlesbrough describes the operation: “Staithes were elevated platforms for discharging coal and other materials from railway cars into coal ships for transport. … A steam engine hoisted a wagon full of coal off the line and about 20 feet into the air, where it landed on a gantry. A horse then pulled the wagon along the gantry and out over the water. At the end of the gantry, the wagon was strapped into a cradle and, with a man clinging to it, was swung in an arc on to the ship below. Here, the man unbolted the bottom of the wagon and the coal fell into the hold. Finally, the weight of the next full wagon swinging downwards caused the empty wagon and the man to swing upwards back to the gantry.” [95]

Plans from the port authority are shown below. It is difficult to imagine the process described from looking at these plans. It may be that the plans show a later design of staithe.

One of the staithes at Port Darlington/Middlesbrough Dock. [95]
A closer view of the staithe shown in the image above. [95]

The years after 1827 (once Company finances were on a sound footing)

A series of different extensions and branches to the S&DR appeared over the period from 1827. [54] “In 1830, the company opened new offices at the corner of Northgate and Union Street in Darlington. [49:p189] Between 1831 and 1832 a second track was laid between Stockton and the foot of Brusselton Bank. Workshops were built at Shildon for the maintenance and construction of locomotives. [49: p235-236] In 1830, approximately 50 horses shared the traffic with 19 locomotives, but travelled at different speeds, so to help regulate traffic horse-drawn trains were required to operate in groups of four or five.” [54] The rule book stated that locomotive-hauled trains had precedence over horse-drawn trains. Even so, accidents and conflict occurred. The practice was to allow private use of the line by industries that it served, “some horse drivers refused to give way and on one occasion a locomotive had to follow a horse-drawn train for over 2 miles (3 km). [49: p383-384][50: p91-94] The committee decided, in 1828, to replace horses with locomotives on the main line, starting with the coal trains, but there was resistance from some colliery owners.” [54]

After the S&DR bought out the local coach companies in August 1832, a mixed [locomotive-hauled] passenger and small goods service began between Stockton and Darlington on 7th September 1833, travelling at 12–14 miles per hour (19–23 km/h); locomotive-hauled services began to Shildon in December 1833 and to Middlesbrough on 7th April 1834. [49: p384-385][50: p68] The company had returned the five per cent dividend that had been promised by Edward Pease, and this had increased to eight per cent by the time he retired in 1832.” [50: p87-88][54]

In 1835, the S&DR partnered with the York & North Midland Railway (Y&NMR) to form the Great North of England Railway (GNER) to build a line from York to Newcastle which along the would run along the line of the S&DR’s Croft branch at Darlington. Pease specified a formation wide enough for four tracks, so freight could be carried at 30 miles per hour (48 km/h) and passengers at 60 mph (97 km/h), and George Stephenson had drawn up detailed plans by November 1835. [48: p64-65][54] The Acts of Parliament enabling the scheme were given royal assent on 4th July 1836 (Darlington to Newcastle) and 12th July 1837 (Croft to York). The railway opened for coal traffic on 4th January 1841 using S&DR locomotives, and to passengers with its own locomotives on 30th March 1841. [48: 67-69][54][87: p93-94]

A patchwork of different schemes was to follow:

  • By February 1842, a passenger service between Darlington and Coxhoe supported by an omnibus service to Shincliffe on the Durham & Sunderland Railway. [87: p165]
  • Early in 1842, the Shildon Tunnel Company opened its 1,225-yard (1,120 m) tunnel through the hills at Shildon to the Wear basin and after laying 2 miles (3.2 km) of track to South Church station, south of Bishop Auckland, opened in May 1842. [49: p435-437]
  • In 1846, the S&DR installed Alexander Bain’s “I and V” electric telegraph to regulate the passage of trains through the tunnel. [90: p52-53]
  • The SD&R provided a 3 1⁄4 hour service between Darlington and Newcastle, with a four-horse omnibus from South Church to Rainton Meadows on the Durham Junction Railway, from where trains ran to Gateshead, on the south side of the River Tyne near Newcastle. [48: p74]

By 1839, the S&DR track “had been upgraded with rails weighing 64 lb/yd (32 kg/m). [91: p415] The railway had about 30 steam locomotives, most of them six coupled, [91: p419] that ran with four-wheeled tenders with two water butts, each capable of holding 600 imperial gallons (2,700 L; 720 US gal) of water. [91: p422] The line descended from Shildon to Stockton, assisting the trains that carried coal to the docks at a maximum speed of 6 mph (9.7 km/h); the drivers were fined if caught travelling faster than 8 mph (13 km/h), [91: p415, 422] and one was dismissed for completing the forty-mile return journey in 4 1⁄2 hours. [59: p136-137] On average there were about 40 coal trains a day, hauling 28 waggons with a weight of 116 tons. [91: p423] There were about 5,000 privately owned waggons, and at any one time about 1,000 stood at Shildon depot.” [54][91: p417-418]

Wikipedia continues: “The railway had modern passenger locomotives, some [still] with four wheels. [91: p421-422] There were passenger stations at Stockton, Middlesbrough, Darlington, Shildon and West Auckland, and trains also stopped at Middlesbrough Junction, Yarm Junction, Fighting Cocks and Heighington. [91: p416] [A significant improvement on early passenger practice.] Some of the modified road coaches were still in use, but there were also modern railway carriages, some first class with three compartments each seating eight passengers, and second class carriages that seated up to 40. [91: p416][92] Luggage and sometimes the guard travelled on the carriage roof; [49: p423] a passenger travelling third class suffered serious injuries after falling from the roof in 1840. [49: p400] Passenger trains averaged 22–25 mph (35–40 km/h), and a speed of 42 mph (68 km/h) was recorded. Over 200,000 passengers were carried in the year to 1st October 1838, [91: p419] and in 1839 there were twelve trains each day between Middlesbrough and Stockton, six trains between Stockton and Darlington, and three between Darlington and Shildon, where a carriage was fitted with Rankine’s self-acting brake, taken over the Brussleton Inclines, and then drawn by a horse to St Helen Auckland. [91: p418] The Bradshaw’s railway guide for March 1843, after South Church opened, shows five services a day between Darlington and South Church via Shildon, with three between Shildon and St Helens. Also listed were six trains between Stockton and Hartlepool via Seaton [94] over the Clarence Railway and the Stockton and Hartlepool Railway that had opened in 1841.” [87: p146-147][54]

During the 1830s, Port Darlington quickly became overwhelmed by the volume of traffic (both imports and exports) and work started in 1839 on Middlesbrough Dock which was laid out by William Cubitt and capable of holding 150 ships! It was “built by resident civil engineer George Turnbull. [89] … After three years and an expenditure of £122,000 (equivalent to £9.65m at 2011 prices), the formal opening of the new dock took place on 12 May 1842. [49: p437][89] The S&DR provided most of the finance, and the dock was absorbed by the company in 1849.” [49: p508][54] The S&DR was, by 1849, a well established and very significant company.

Ongoing Developments

Political manoeuvring to secure a route from London to Scotland via the Northeast continued during this period and the S&DR saw its stocks in the GNER increase in value before a new concern, the Newcastle and Darlington Junction Railway (N&DJR) bought out the GNER.

The S&DR also secured interests in the Wear Valley, [4] [54] a line to Redcar and Saltburn, a branch to a mine at Skelton, [4][54] a line to Barnard Castle, a route (South Durham and Lancashire Union Railway (SD&LUR)) over Stainmore Summit to Tebay, [54] and, through running rights over the Eden Valley Railway (EVR) and the Lancaster & Carlisle Railway (L&CR), to Penrith. “The S&DR opened a carriage works south of Darlington North Road station in 1853 [98] and later it built a locomotive works nearby to replace its works at Shildon [which was] designed by William Bouch, who had taken over from Hackworth as Locomotive Supervisor in 1840, it completed its first locomotive in 1864.” [54][87: p8][99] The inclines, built when stationary engines were used, were bypassed by lines on gentler grades. By the early 1860s, the S&DR had a significant network, even having absorbed the EVR and the SD&LUR. [54]

The former S&DR, shown in red, as part of the larger NER network of 1904, © Public Domain. [101]

With 200 route miles (320 km) of line and about 160 locomotives, [100: p167] the Stockton and Darlington Railway became part of the North Eastern Railway on 13th July 1863. Due to a clause in the North Eastern and Stockton and Darlington Railways Amalgamation Act 1863 (26 & 27 Vict. c. cxxii) the railway was managed as the independent Darlington Section until 1876, when the lines became the NER’s Central Division. [87: p9][48: p133] After the restoration of the dividend in 1851, by the end of 1854 payments had recovered to 8 per cent and then had not dropped below 7 1⁄2 per cent.” [50: Appendix 1][54]

I guess that we might easily be able to agree that the Stockton & Darlington Railway was of great local significance. It significantly reduced the cost of coal supplied to Stockton and Darlington. It temporarily enhanced the Port at Stockton before moving that trade downstream to Middlesbrough. It dramatically improved the speed of supply of larger quantities of coal. It made the town and Port of Middlesbrough. It linked the industries of Cumbia and Cleveland allowing speedy transport of coal and iron-ore to the different industries. It improved passenger travel East-West and began with others the development of North-South travel freight and passenger train travel. ……

But how has the Stockton & Darlington Railway transcended the local and become internationally significant? ……

Why Is the Stockton & Darlington Railway So Important?

So, what is the case? Was the S&DR the first real railway?

As 2025 got underway, this question prompted me to look at what is known of railway history in the period from 1800 to 1850, and led to the writing of an article (online) about railway developments during that period. The article is entitled ‘The Mother of All Inventions‘. [2]

September 2025 marked the bicentenary of the Stockton & Darlington Railway (S&DR) and, very naturally and most appropriately, major events were planned across the UK, and enthusiasts across the world planned their own commemorations. In this context, it is, at the very least, worth considering what the S&DR can and cannot justifiably claim for itself. In fact, Anthony Dawson in an article in Steam Railway Magazine in February 2025 suggested that we best get to understand the importance of the S&DR, perversely, by considering what cannot be claimed for it. [3] What follows below is based around that article by Anthony Dawson.

Dawson says: “while every enthusiast would arguably agree that the [S&DR] is special and that the bicentenary of its opening is a landmark worthy of celebration, how many of us truly understand why the [S&DR] is so momentous? Indeed, putting the Stockton & Darlington’s importance into context isn’t exactly straightforward, nor can it be boiled down to a particular ‘first’. Therefore, to understand why the Stockton & Darlington is so important, we need to look at what it wasn’t.” [3]

He goes on to suggest that, to paraphrase Winston Churchill, “while the [S&D] was not the beginning, it was the end of the beginning. Although it wasn’t the first of anything, as early railway historian the late Andy Guy put it, it was ‘better than the first’.” [3]

Was the Stockton & Darlington the first railway?

Perhaps that question can only be answered once we have agreed a definition of a ‘railway’. Collins Dictionary offers three definitions: a railway is the steel tracks that trains travel on; a railway is a company or organization that operates railway routes; and, a railway is the system and network of tracks that trains travel on. [10] Accepting these definitions would rule out a number of early ‘railway-like’ systems based on stone and wood.

The Collins dictionary definitions are very narrowly drafted. Dawson points us to Dr Michael Lewis’ definition: A railway is “a prepared track which so guides the vehicles running on it that they cannot leave the track”. [3][11] This short, simple definition allows for the inclusion of the Diolkos and other rutways of the Classical World, [12][13] possible rutways in Wiltshire (circa 300CE), [13] Cornwall (circa 1550s), [13][14] rutways in 19th century Australia, [15] and the guide-pin railways developed in Germany and Austria in the Middle Ages. Lewis’ definition includes ‘railways’ “before the late 18th Century, [often] private … with rails essentially of wood or occasionally of stone, with carriage only of goods in vehicles propelled by horse- or by man-power, and with a variety of methods of guiding the wheels. ” [11]

Dawson comments that, “The earliest evidence for ‘railways’ in this country comes from the Lake District when German-speaking immigrants led by Daniel Hochstetter introduced them to silver mines at Caldbeck during the reign of Elizabeth I. These railways consisted of longitudinal planks which guided an iron pin secured to the bottom of a four-wheel mine cart, working rather like a slot-car. … But the first [‘true’] railway in England was very likely that built by Huntingdon Beaumont in 1604 to carry coal from his pits at Wollaton near Nottingham down to the River Trent. It was made entirely from wood and greatly improved the transport of coal for onward shipping by water. So pleased was Beaumont with this new technology, he invested heavily in four similar railways around Newcastle, which were built to carry coal down to the Tyne. Beaumont, however, failed to break into the local market. This, coupled with heavy investment in his new railways and his lavish lifestyle, led him to being declared bankrupt, ending his days in a debtors’ prison.” [3]

Dawson goes on to say that, “following the turmoil of the English Civil War and Commonwealth period, wooden railways began to spread across Shropshire where they took on the name ‘Railed Way’ and the North-East where they were known as ‘Waggonways’ – two different names for the same idea. Indeed, as excavations on the first railway in Scotland – the Tranent to Cockenzie Waggonway of 1722 – have shown, there was very little new in the technology of a wooden railway. It [was] essentially a giant ladder laid on the ground. They used old ideas to provide a solution to a new problem.” [3]

The coming of the 18th century heralded a transport revolution. Dawson says: “The early waggonways carried largely coal and other minerals down to a staithe or wharf on a river or canal for onward shipping. Thus, they grew hand in hand with the canal network and many canal companies even owned their own waggonways as feeder lines. There was a transport revolution on the roads as well with the growth of turnpikes. Taken together, [these events] … fed and fuelled industrialisation and growing urbanisation, particularly in the North of England. Improved transport links meant coal could go to market quicker. It meant it was cheaper at the point of sale, which meant greater profits and, in turn, greater demand.” [3]

Various forms of ‘railway’ were clearly well established by the advent of the 19th century. The S&DR was clearly not the first railway.

If not the first ‘railway’, was the Stockton & Darlington the first to use iron rails?

Iron was first used in a ‘railway’ context as protective plating for the early wooden ‘railways’. Lengths of cast iron plate were nailed to the running surface of wooden rails, probably first in Coalbrookdale. Wooden rails were wearing too quickly and the iron covers improved longevity. It was a simple logical next step to move from cast-iron plate to cast-iron bars and then to either cast iron edge rails or cast iron L-shaped ‘tram-plates’. Cast-iron rails were common by the 1790s, their only real fault was that they were brittle and often broke under load. Indeed, when Trevithick’s early locomotive ‘Pen-y-darren’ made its maiden run on the Merthyr Tramroad in 1804, it was noted that the cast-iron rails were not robust enough for the heavy locomotive and a number broke. [16]

Dawson says that “What was needed was a superior type of rail … made from wrought iron. First rolled in any quantity in 1820 at Bedlington Iron Works, the Stockton & Darlington was probably the first railway to use wrought-iron rails on a large scale. Due to distrust of the new material, half of the line was laid with cast iron and half with wrought. It was a major technological breakthrough and one crucial to the development of the locomotive.” [3]

It may well be that around two thirds of the length of the railway used wrought iron rails and one third had cast iron rails. Cast iron was used for the chairs which sat on the sleepers.

A section of the original Stockton & Darlington Railway track, including the rail, chairs and sleepers, at Preston Park Museum circa. 1962 (c) Bruce Coleman, courtesy of the Shildon Archive [133]

So, it seems that the Stockton & Darlington was not the first to use iron rails but that it was important in the taking of the next technological step of employing wrought-iron rails. “Bedlington Ironworks, in Blyth Dene, Northumberland … is remembered as the place where wrought iron rails were invented by John Birkinshaw in 1820, … with their first major use being [on] the Stockton and Darlington Railway. [17] Birkinshaw’s wrought-iron rails were rolled in 15ft lengths.

If not the first railway and not the first to use iron, was the S&DR the first railway authorised by Act of Parliament?

The first Act of Parliament for a railway was obtained by Charles Brandling for what became the Middleton Railway. It ran from coal pits at Hunslet down to the River Aire. The Act received Royal Assent in 1758. A significant number of Acts of Parliament relating to railways preceded the S&D, including this small selection: [18]

The Llanelli Railway and Dock Act, 1802 and the Monmouth Railway Act 1810. [134][135]
  • 1802: The Llanelly Railway and Dock Act;
  • 1803: The Croydon, Merstham and Godstone Iron Railway Act;
  • 1804: The Ellesmere Canal, Railway and Water Supply Act;
  • 1805: The Surrey Iron Railway Act;
  • 1808: The Kilmarnock and Troon Railway Act;
  • 1809: The Bullo Pill Railway Act; the Gloucester and Cheltenham Railway Act; the Lydney and Lidbrook Railway Act;
  • 1810: The Monmouth Railway Act; the Severn and Wye Railway and Canal Co. Act; The Severn Tunnel Act;
  • 1811: The Hay Railway Act; the Llanvihangel Railway Act; the Penclawdd Canal and Railway or Tramroad Act; the Severn and Wye Railway and Canal Co. Extension Act;
  • 1812: the Anglesey Railway Act;
  • 1813-15: the Usk Tram Road;
  • 1817: the Mansfield and Pinxton Branch;
  • 1818: the Kidwelly and Llanelly Canal and Tramroad Company Act; the Kington Railway Act;
  • 1819: the Leeds and Liverpool Canal Branch and Railway Act; the Plymouth and Dartmoor Railway Act;
  • 1820: the York and North Midland Railway Act; and the Plymouth and Dartmoor Railway (Crabtree and Sutton Pool Branch) Act. [18]

All these and more received their Royal Assent in advance of the S&D at some great expense. Dawson explains that “getting such an Act was very expensive and required having a Parliamentary Agent and introducing a Private Members’ Bill. It would then have to go through both Houses and committee stage and, unless the Bill could demonstrate it was for the public good, could be thrown out at any stage. It was a big risk, but ultimately worth it. Even though the Middleton had an Act, it didn’t mean it was a public railway. It was owned by the Brandlings, to carry their coal to market. It wasn’t open to any other users, and wasn’t a public right of way.” [3]

Not the first railway, not the first to use iron, not the first railway to received Royal Assent through an Act of Parliament. …Was, then, the S&D the first public railway?

All the railways built in the 17th and 18th centuries were private railways, built over private land. Dawson notes that, “or a railway to be public – to be public right-of-way – that meant it needed an Act of Parliament. It also meant that, until 1825 when the law was changed, an Act was also needed to form a joint-stock company.” [3]

Lake Lock Rail Road was the first public railway in England. It opened in 1798. [132]

The first public railway in England was the Lake Lock Rail Road (LLRR), which opened in 1798. It linked collieries near Wakefield to the Aire & Calder Navigation. The LLRR qualifies as a public railway “because it was open to any user upon payment of a toll and because its capital was held in publicly traded shares. … The LLRR didn’t operate the railway itself, but rather allowed colliery owners to run their own trains on it, for which a toll was paid.” [3] The LLRR can claim another first! As well as being “probably the world’s first public railway, it was also owned … by the world’s first public railway company.” [21]

If you are unhappy with the idea of the LLRR being the first public railway, Then perhaps you would have to accept the Surrey Iron Railway as the next contender for the title – It required an Act of Parliament and incorporated in 1803 and fully open at the latest by 1806.

The first public railway carrying passengers – The Swansea and Mumbles Railway. [131]

The first passenger-carrying public railway in the United Kingdom was opened by the Swansea and Mumbles Railway at Oystermouth in 1807, using horse-drawn carriages on an existing tramline. [19][20]

The first public railway in Scotland was the Kilmarnock & Troon Railway (K&TR) which finally opened in 1812. Like the LLRR, it operated as a toll road, so that independent carriers could place wagons on it, and pay for the facility. [22]

We have established that the Stockton & Darlington was not the first public railway. Given what we have already discovered, our next question needs to be one about the intentions of the designers and directors of the Stockton & Darlington.

Was the Stockton & Darlington the first to be designed and built with mechanical operation in mind?

Here we have to start from an ambivalent position. … It depends! … Do you see hydraulic power as a form of mechanical power? If your answer is ‘Yes’, then the first length of railway to be operated mechanically is one known to have existed in Sweden in the late 1600s, where a waterwheel was employed to haul wagons up an incline. By the end of the 1700s, this technology was in use in Mas-sachusetts (on the South Hadley Canal) for a rail-based lift for canal boats linked with practice at Ketley, Shropshire at that time but assisted by power from a water wheel. There was another ex-ample at Bad Gastein in what is now Germany. [114][115: p87 & p337][116] The water-powered haulage of wagons up an inclined plane in the UK was initially limited to one location in Devon alt-hough the practice was used much later in North Wales. [115: p87-88]

If we set aside waterpower, perhaps the S&DR could stake a claim to be the first public railway designed to be worked mechanically. But it definitely was not the first to be operated mechanically. … (More of that later).

Setting aside waterpower, was the S&DR the first railway designed to be operated mechanically? … Again the answer is ‘No!’ … Early inclines were self-acting, water power could support this but, as Gwyn tells us, experience on the Ketley Incline led Reynolds, when carrying out a survey for a canal to connect the Oakengates collieries with the River Severn, to conclude that the wastage of water from locks “would be prohibitive, and after much hesitation and a public competition, he and the other shareholders resolved on a modification of the Ketley system, but with fixed steam engines on its three inclined planes, at Donnington Wood, Windmill Farm and Hay. Instead of locks at the summit as at Ketley, reverse railed slopes were constructed into docks permanently kept in water, and the cradles were equipped with overlapping wheels which ran on ledges on the docksides to maintain them in a horizontal position. The engines were used to draw boats and cradles out of the docks and to haul up the main incline if necessary. All three were built to a hybrid design by Reynold’s protégé, Adam Heslop. These were the first locations in the world where railed vehicles were moved by steam. They were operational by 1793.” [115: p89]

The top of the Hay Inclined Plane as drawn by Agustín de Betancourt. [136]
Rendered isometric views of the 3D CAD model of the top area/winding house of the Hay Incline. [136]

This was followed by a significant section of the Lancaster Canal crossing the Ribble Valley. In 1803, steam-powered inclines were used “to connect the northern and southern ends of the Lancaster Canal. Its three inclined planes were each equipped with a high-pressure 6-horsepower 13-inch cylinder engine costing £350 and made by Summerfield and Atkinson, a local foundry which offered ‘patent steam engines’, and which also built the waggons. The first was installed in May of that year. In June, a 6-horsepower steam engine was installed on a plateway incline to haul spoil on the construction of London Docks.” [115: p89]

From the turn of the nineteenth century a number of shorter inclines were being steam-operated or steam-assisted. Examples include: an incline at Wellington Quay on the North bank of the Tyne (where George Stephenson was employed for a time), 1802/1803; an incline at Glynneath, connecting Aberdare Ironworks with Neath Canal, 1805; Bewicke Main (Urpeth) Colliery, 1805. [115: p89-91]

Three years prior to the opening of the Stockton & Darlington Railway George Stephenson designed and built another railway (the Hetton Colliery Railway) which, like the Stockton & Darlington “used a combination of stationary engines, rope haulages and level sections worked by locomotives.” [3] However, the Hetton Colliery Railway was a private, not a public railway:- “The Hetton Colliery Railway was an 8-mile (13 km) long private railway opened in 1822 by the Hetton Coal Company at Hetton-le-Hole, County Durham. … The Hetton was the first railway to be designed from the start to be operated without animal power, as well as being the first entirely new line to be developed by … George Stephenson.” [25]

Again, if we set aside hydraulic and discrete uses of stationary steam-power, it seems that the Stockton & Darlington was the first ‘public‘ (rather than ‘private‘) railway to be designed and built with steam power in mind. This, perhaps, feels as though we are making some headway. … The Stockton & Darlington was the first ‘public‘ railway to be designed and built with steam power in mind. … That is definitely a ‘first’ isn’t it. ….

Was the Stockton & Darlington the first railway to use steam power?

Surely, given that the S&DR was the first public railway designed for mechanical operation, that must mean that it was the first to use steam-powered engines. Mustn’t it?

Nothing is that simple!

The Middleton Railway in Leeds, was using steam power by 1812: “In 1812, it introduced the worlds first commercially successful steam locomotives which were designed and built in Leeds. These locomotives incorporated one of the most significant advances in the design of the steam locomotive – namely the twin cylinder engine which eliminated the need for the cumbersome flywheel employed on earlier single cylinder engined locomotives.” [24][34][35][36]

Incidentally, because it was the first railway to regularly use steam locomotives, the Middleton Railway also “lays claim to other firsts; they employed the first regular professional train driver in the world, a former pit labourer named James Hewitt. More tragically, a 13 year old boy called John Bruce was killed in February 1813 whilst running along the tracks – almost certainly the first member of public killed by a locomotive.” [36]

The Kilmarnock & Troon Railway first used steam power in 1817: in 1817 the Duke of Portland acquired a locomotive for the K&TR named ‘The Duke‘, which was the first use of steam locomotive power in Scotland. Its use was however discontinued in view of frequent breakages of the cast-iron rails on the line. [23] … Notes in The Railway Magazine of January 1950, suggest that this was only a hiatus in the use of this locomotive on the K&TR: In his ‘Story of the Life of George Stephenson‘, Samuel Smiles noted the discontinued use of ‘The Duke‘, but later, in his ‘Lives of the Engineers Volume III’ he appears to have secured further information, viz: “The iron wheels of this engine were afterwards removed, and replaced with wooden wheels, when it was again placed upon the road and continued working until the year 1848.” [43: p59][44: p139] This is supported by W. J. Gordon, writing in 1910, who says of the K&TR: “on it was placed the Killingworth engine with the chain gearing bought by the Duke of Portland from George Stephenson in 1817. The iron wheels of this remarkable engine broke down the cast-iron rails, for it thumped horribly, but, instead of being withdrawn from duty, as usually reported, it had its iron wheels taken off and replaced by wooden ones; and with wooden wheels it worked the traffic-mineral, goods and passenger-until 1848, for so many years in fact that it has been confused with or mistaken for the old St. Rollox, one of the first engines of the Glasgow & Garnkirk, which it in no way resembled.” [43: p59-60][45: p188-190]

Gordon appears to “have picked up and recorded a local railway tradition about the locomotive. It is difficult to credit that an old Killingworth-type engine was re-furbished in 1839 or later, after two decades of disuse, but this seems to be the only way of reconciling the various scraps of evidence. No trace has been found of any other Kilmarnock & Troon locomotive.” [43: p60]

It would be impossible to argue that the K&TR was built with steam power in mind, however, the K&TR was definitely the first use of steam-power on a public railway in Scotland. It could also be argued that this was the first use of steam power on a public railway in the United Kingdom. This was eight years before the Stockton and Darlington first used steam-powered trains.

However, neither of these could justifiably make a claim to be the first to use steam on a revenue earning railway. That accolade must go to the Merthyr Tramroad (otherwise known as the Pen-y-Darren Tramway and associated with the Pen-y-darren Ironworks, in Merthyr Tydfil) a bit earlier in the 19th century, on 21st February 1804 to be more precise, and to a locomotive designed by Richard Trevithick.

In 1802, Trevithick took out a patent for his high-pressure steam engine. To prove his ideas, he built a stationary engine at the Coalbrookdale Company’s works in Shropshire in 1802, forcing water to a measured height to measure the work done. The engine ran at forty piston strokes a minute, with an unprecedented boiler pressure of 145 psi.” [26]

It seems that the experiment in Shropshire led to Trevithick experimenting with creating steam railway locomotives. He had already designed and built a road locomotive, ‘Puffing Devil‘. [27]

In 1802, the Coalbrookdale Company in Shropshire built a rail locomotive for him. [28] The death of a company workman in an accident involving the engine is said to have caused the company to not proceed to running it on their existing railway. [29]

The Coalbrookdale Locomotive: To date, the only known information about the locomotive comes from a drawing preserved at the Science Museum, London, together with a letter written by Trevithick to his friend Davies Giddy. The design incorporated a single horizontal cylinder enclosed in a return-flue boiler. A flywheel drove the wheels on one side through spur gears, and the axles were mounted directly on the boiler, with no frame. [30] On the drawing, the piston-rod, guide-bars and cross-head are located directly above the firebox door, thus making the engine extremely dangerous to fire while moving. [31] Furthermore, the first drawing by Daniel Shute indicates that the locomotive ran on a plateway with a track gauge of 3 ft (914 mm), © Public Domain. [32]
The replica Coalbrookdale Locomotive in action at Blists Hill Victorian Town in Ironbridge Gorge in the 1990s. This replica was made in 1989 by a team of apprentices at GKN Sankey of Telford with the additional inclusion of a few safety additions, such as a trailing driver’s platform. The locomotive first ran in 1990 at Blists Hill at Ironbridge, © Unknown. [26]

The drawing above has been used as the basis of all images and replicas of the later ‘Pen-y-darren’ locomotive, as no plans for that locomotive have survived. It cannot be an exact sister of the later locomotive because there is a tunnel on the Pen-y-darren Tramway which would have required a lower chimney and a smaller flywheel. [3]

In 1804, Trevithick’s revised locomotive ran on the Pen-y-darren Tramway pulling a commercial load. Soon after this (1808) Trevithick exhibited a similar steam locomotive in London, built for him by John Urpeth Rastrick and John Hazledine at their foundry in Bridgnorth which was named ‘Catch Me Who Can‘. Although only on a small circular track, and only in use for matter of weeks, this was the first locomotive to power a train carrying fare-paying passengers. The drawing of the locomotive ‘Catch Me Who Can‘ is taken from a card/admission ticket to Trevithick’s ‘Steam Circus‘, summer 1808, © Public Domain. [33]

The S&DR was not the first railway to use a steam locomotive. However, the S&DR saw a step change in the use of steam power. … “Prior to 1825 no one had ever attempted to run a locomotive as far as George Stephenson did; the furthest they had ever run was a few miles.” [3] George Stephenson had such faith in steam power “that he designed and built a steam railway to be worked by locomotives not just for a couple of miles but for tens of miles” [3] – twenty six miles in all!

We have established that the S&DR was the first ‘public‘ (rather than ‘private‘) railway to be designed and built with steam power in mind. We have seen that while not the first to use steam-power, it was the first to be so confident in the new technology to believe that it could be used over significant distances.

We have noted, in passing, that the majority of different railways in use prior to 1825, were designed to carry coal or iron ore and some other ancillary forms of freight.

Can we say that the Stockton & Darlington was the first to carry fare-paying passengers over any significant distance?

Dawson tells us that “unofficial passenger carrying goes back into the 18th Century, on what were private mineral lines. The first public railway, as authorised by an Act of Parliament and which authorised the railway to do so was the Swansea & Mumbles Railway of 1807. This was a horse-drawn service, working to a timetable and, in 1812, saw the first railway station open in Swansea.” [3]

He continues: “The first passenger service on a public railway in Scotland was in 1813, on the Kilmarnock & Troon [Railway]. Again, it was horse-worked but like the Stockton & Darlington tickets could be bought from local inns along the line – as well as refreshments and parcels left there to be carried by the railway as well. There was a long history of public passenger railways before 1825. … Therefore, the Stockton & Darlington was tapping into an existing idea.” [3]

David Gwyn says: “In April 1807 the first known public railway passenger service was inaugurated, enabling tourists to enjoy the beauties of Swansea Bay along a plateway opened the previous year to carry limestone from the Mumbles to the copper smelters, and coal and manure in the opposite direction. Such services were soon found on railways in the border country, Scotland and the English West Country. Some carriers offered pleasure carriages for hire. Well-heeled people could now make railway journeys in order to enjoy attractive scenery, and humbler folk could travel by train to buy and sell – both Dr Griffiths plateway from the Rhondda to Pontypridd and the rail section of the Somerset Coal Canal to Radstock were used by women taking farm produce to market.” [115: p71-72]

Gwyn goes on to say that, “Carriers offering passenger services for wealthy tourists built specially designed vehicles, including long-wheelbase carriages on the Sirhowy, hauled at 6 or 7 mph, and on the Oystermouth.” William Chapman suggested in 1813 that ‘long carriages, properly constructed, and placed on two different sets of Wheels, viz. 8 in all, may take 30 or 40 people with their articles to market’.” A ‘market caravan’ on the Plymouth and Dartmoor had fireplaces to keep passengers warm, and there was also an open carriage with an awning. The Kilmarnock and Troon had a coach called ‘the Caledonia’, another called ‘the boat’, then one variously described as ‘an enormous Gypsy caravan’, ‘the Czar’s winter sledge’ and a ‘Brobdingnagian diligence’.” On other systems, humbler passengers rode on unconverted waggons, perhaps for the price of some beer money to the haulier or some other acknowl-edgement, or paid a fare to travel in a coal waggon which had been brushed out, and had planks inserted to serve as seats.” [115: p73]

Let’s tighten up the question. …

Was the S&DR the first to use steam for passenger trains?

Again we have to ask what criteria this should be judged by. Dawson says, “Yes, the opening train of the Stockton & Darlington was indeed pulled by a locomotive, and … included a purpose-built passenger carriage and passengers travelling in coal waggons, but that was a one-off event. It wasn’t the start of a regular steam-worked passenger service. Indeed, the Stockton & Darlington’s passenger service was horse-worked until 1833.” [3]

It was only after a number of years of operating passenger services that the economic potential for steam powered passenger services was recognised by the S&DR and it introduced its own steam hauled passenger services in 1833. It should be borne in mind that, “Although the S&DR made use of steam locomotives from its opening day, it can also be seen to represent a transitional stage of railway development in which stationary engines and horse-drawn vehicles were also utilised. Although [George Stephenson’s] ‘Locomotion’ represents a notable development [in] the earlier pioneering work of George Stephenson and others, it is fair to say that the subsequent work of Timothy Hackworth, the first Superintendent Engineer of the S&DR, proved the supremacy of the steam locomotive over other forms of motive power.” [37]

We have already noted in passing that passengers were carried on a number of earlier steam powered trains:

  • on 21st February 1804, Trevithick’s locomotive pulled a train of coal wagons which carried workmen (over 11 tons of coal, five wagons and 70 men) over the length of the line and it was also proposed to couple a private carriage begin the engine; [38][39]
  • Trevithick’s ‘Catch Me Who Can‘ of 1808 was pioneering in two ways – it was the first purpose-built passenger locomotive, as well as the first to haul fare-paying passengers; [33] and,
  • steam-powered trains on the Middleton Railway and associated lines also carried passengers, informally from very early days, formally by around 1834. [40]

We also have to note that the first regular steam-worked passenger service was to be established in May 1830 on the Canterbury and Whitstable Railway, which incidentally issued the first ever season tickets in 1834. [41] That line “was worked by a combination of stationary engines and a single locomotive – the now preserved Invicta, designed and built by Robert Stephenson & Co in Leeds immediately after Rocket.” [3]

In September 1830, the Liverpool and Manchester opened with a timetabled steam-powered passenger service. So, the S&DR cannot claim to be the first steam-powered passenger service.

If we accept that all of this is true, that the S&DR was not the first in any of the ways already discussed. What can we say about the S&DR which justifies the place it holds in the popular mind and in the eyes of technical specialists, journalists and railway enthusiasts around the world?

What is so special about the Stockton & Darlington Railway?

It is clear that the Stockton & Darlington Railway would not have existed without the, at least, two centuries of railway development which came before it. As Dawson says, “During those two centuries, crucial ideas and crucial technologies were worked out from the track to locomotives, to carrying passengers and legal structures. So, while the Stockton & Darlington wasn’t really the first of anything, it was the culmination of that previous development and evolution. It represents the bringing together and synthesising of existing ideas into a new concept. A public railway, authorised by Act of Parliament, to carry passengers, to use steam locomotives and use iron rails. In many ways it was, as Andy Guy noted in 2016, ‘better than the first’.” [3]

The Museum at Hopetown, Darlington says that, “The Stockton & Darlington was by no means the first railway, but its opening in 1825 marked a very significant step in the development of railways by bringing together two features for the first time: the concept of a public railway, available to all, for transport of passengers and goods; and the use of steam locomotives.” [37]

On that first journey on 27th September 1825, made by the locomotive, ‘Locomotion No. 1‘, driven by George Stephenson, a large number of wagons filled with coal, flour and passengers were hauled along the line. There was a passenger carriage called ‘Experiment’ present which carried the railway’s directors. 300 passenger tickets were sold officially. However, a total amount of nearly 700 passengers were crammed into the wagons and the total load on that day was about 80 tons! [42]

There was clearly a sense that something momentous was happening that day and history has proven that to be the case.

And that initial success, together with that of the neighbouring Hetton Colliery Railway, meant that George Stephenson had demonstrable experience in the use of steam locomotives and places on which to trial his continued development of the technology.

The opening day was recreated in 1925 for the centenary celebrations, © Public Domain. [7]

As Dawson says, the S&DR “wasn’t the first. It wasn’t the first railway, it wasn’t the first steam railway, nor was it the first main line railway. But what it did do was put the railway squarely on the map and in the public consciousness showing what a steam-worked railway could do, laying the foundations for everything that came afterwards.” [3] It was a critical link in the chain of developments that brought about our modern railways. “The Liverpool & Manchester and the birth of main line railways as we know them simply wouldn’t have happened without the Stockton & Darlington Railway.” [3] It placed George Stephenson at the forefront of the development of railway technology and gave him space to test and modify locomotive design.

In that context, However, we must acknowledge the strength of debate underway between 1825 and 1829.

In this four-year period there was an intense debate about whether locomotive power or stationary engines were best.

Stephenson ascribed to the use of fixed engines where gradients were both short and steep. Others argued for the use of a variety of different fixed engines. The directors of the Liverpool & Manchester Railway challenged Stephenson’s proposals for the use of locomotives. This resulted in a number of studies taking place. The first of these took place on the S&DR and reported that rope haul-age would be suitable for the Liverpool & Manchester, with the proviso that it could cause problems at level crossings and at junctions.

A second study based at the Bolton & Leigh Railway and at the Middleton Railway also found in favour of the use of stationary engines for the Liverpool & Manchester spaced at no more than 2-mile intervals, with goods and passengers changing from one system to another at locations dictated by the gradient or by the length of rope in use. That study saw the value of locomotives for light loads but estimated that the rate per ton per mile for heavier loads would be 2/3 of a penny cheaper with stationary engines rather than locomotives.

There was a worldwide proliferation of the use of stationary engines from the second half of the 1820s into the 1830s.

The complexity of use of the stationary engines over significant distances, the necessary transshipment of goods and passengers to suit the technology eventually brought the director of the Liverpool & Manchester to the conclusion that provided locomotives could meet specific criteria then they should be used for the longer lower gradient length (35 miles) of the railway.

There is little doubt that the experience of working the S&DR and the rapid development in loco-motive technology which resulted gave Stephenson and Hackworth a clear advantage over any competition. But it must be remembered that the ‘ordeal’ at Rainhill was as much about the choice between stationary engines and mobile locomotives as it was about which was the best locomotive.

Both Hackworth and Stephenson entered locomotive for the Rainhill Trials Stephenson’s expertise, honed by experience on the S&DR and built on a fastidious attention to detail which saw all parts of Rocket tried and tested as part of a component review, resulted in Rocket significantly out-performing all its competitors (including Hackworth), but perhaps of greater significance, the debate over the use of locomotives or stationary engines had been conclusively resolved in favour of the locomotive.

Locomotive design was developing so quickly that after 1831, Rocket became design-expired and was only used on engineers’ trains and for other secondary duties! [137] [115: p144-171]

To summarise, … the S&DR:

Was a significant step forward on a journey to technological advancement and in the history of transport. The S&DR made a critical contribution to the history of the world, not just to the development of railways. It:

Demonstrated the Feasibility of Steam Railways as a means of transport of goods and passengers over significant distances. It proved that steam-powered trains could be a practical and profitable means of transport, not just for coal but also for passengers.

Inspired Global Growth: The S&DR’s success led to a surge in railway construction both in Britain and around the world, as other countries sought to replicate its model. Initially, it gave confidence to a number of investors in railways. After the opening of the S&DR, people knew that they would be investing in proven technology, not risking their money on what was no more than an experiment.

Brought About Technological Innovation: The S&DR pioneered various railway technologies, including signaling systems, timetables, and station layouts, which became standard practices in the railway industry.

Had a Significant Economic Impact: The railway transformed the Tees Valley into an industrial powerhouse, facilitating the transport of goods and people, and contributing to the growth of new industries and towns.

Had a Manifest Social Impact: The S&DR made travel more accessible to people of all classes, leading to increased social mobility and cultural exchange.

Created a Legacy: The S&DR is considered the “birthplace of the modern railway system” and its legacy continues to be celebrated through museums, heritage sites, and ongoing research.

By the time Richard Trevithick died in 1833 the first main lines were extending across Britain. By the time of George Stephenson’s death in 1848, the railway mania was in full swing. Soon the world would be crisscrossed by parallel iron rails, and nothing would ever be the same again. Places once considered perilously distant could be reached in hours.

However, if the S&DR had not opened in 1825, somewhere else would have taken its place as the birth-place of modern railways within a matter of a few short years. It was however, the tipping point when one excellent technology of tramway and tramroad gave way to what we now call the railway..

Industries would soon transport their goods across the globe with ease.

Industrial output grew exponentially. … Cities were reshaped now that people didn’t have to live within walking distance of work.

Businesses could be more productive than ever before with reliable means of communication. News of events in far-off places could be on the breakfast table the following day.

Railways would drive wars and revolutions.

Railways also made going on holiday accessible to ordinary people.

Railways were celebrated in literature music and film.

The new need for consistent timekeeping across the country meant that Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) was adopted as standard – even time itself would be spiked to the iron way.

And here we are, 200 years later in a world that Trevithick and Stephenson would barely recognize. Perhaps the best way to end would be with a quote attributed to Stephenson found in Smile’s biography of George Stephenson and told to Smile by John Dixon. …

The time will come when railways will supersede almost every other form of conveyance in this country when mail coaches will go by railway and railroads will become the great highway for the king and all his subjects. I know there will be great and almost insurmountable difficulties to be encountered but what I have said will come to pass as sure as you live.” [George Stephenson]

References

  1. Andrew Wilson; The Stainmore Route and the Eden Valley Line; in Rex Kennedy (ed.); Steam Days, Red Gauntlet Publications , Bournemouth, Forest, January 2002, p13-30.
  2. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/03/03/the-mother-of-all-inventions
  3. Anthony Dawson; Stockton & Darlington: Better than the first; in Steam Railway Magazine, February 2025; via https://www.steamrailway.co.uk/blog/features/stockton-darlington-better-than-the-first, accessed on 21st March 2025.
  4. https://www.ice.org.uk/what-is-civil-engineering/infrastructure-projects/stockton-and-darlington-railway, accessed on 26th March 2025.
  5. https://www.sdr1825.org.uk, accessed on 26th March 2025.
  6. https://www.britannica.com/topic/Stockton-and-Darlington-Railway, accessed on 26th March 2025.
  7. https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/uk-england-tees-56168296, accessed on 26th March 2025.
  8. https://www.sdr1825.org.uk/why-was-the-stockton-darlington-railway-important, accessed on 26th March 2025.
  9. J. S. Jeans; Jubilee Memorial of the Railway System. A History of the Stockton and Darlington Railway and a Record of Its Results; Longmans, Green & Co., London, 1875. (later 1974 ed., p74).
  10. https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/railway, accessed on 26th March 2025.
  11. M. J. T. Lewis; Railways in the Greek and Roman World, in A. Guy & J. Rees, J. (eds.); Early Railways. A Selection of Papers from the First International Early Railways Conference; (PDF); Newcomen Society, London, 2001, p8–19; via https://web.archive.org/web/20110721083013/http://www.sciencenews.gr/docs/diolkos.pdf, accessed on 26th March 2025.
  12. David Gwyn and Neil Cossons; Early Railways in England: Review and summary of recent research; Historic England, Discovery, Innovation and Science in the Historic Environment Research Report Series No. 25-2017; via
  13. The first railways in England probably date, at earliest, from the second half of the 16th century and were associated with mines where German-speaking miners were employed. Smith-Grogan 2010 suggests that several Cornish rutways might date back to the 1550s and be associated with Burchard Cranich and Ulrich Frosse. The West-Country mining engineer Sir Bevis Bulmer (1536-1615) was familiar with Agricola’s De Re Metallica (Skempton 2002), and another possible literary conduit is Sebastian Munster’s Cosmographia Universalis, published in German in 1544 and in Latin in 1550. This includes a woodcut of a hund on flanged wooden rails in a mine at Ste Marie/Markirch in Alsace (Lewis 1970, 51).” [12: p20]
  14. G. Smith-Grogan; Rutways in Cornwall; in Early Railways 4, Fourth International Early Railways Conference; Newcomen Society, London, 2010.
  15. J. Longworth and P. Rickard; Plateways, Steel Road Rails, Stoneways, and Rutways in Australia; in Early Railways 6, Sixth International Early Railways Conference; Newcomen Society, London, 2016.
  16. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Richard_Trevithick#%22Pen-y-Darren%22_locomotive, accessed on 14th April 2025.
  17. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bedlington_Ironworks, accessed on 14th April 2025.
  18. http://www.railarchive.org.uk/Acts%20of%20Parliament%201801%20to%201840.pdf, accessed on 14th April 2025.
  19. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_rail_transport_in_Great_Britain, accessed on 15th April 2025.
  20. Mumbles Railway Was ‘Remarkable’; BBC News, 25th March 2007; via http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/wales/south_west/6491379.stm, accessed on 15th April 2025.
  21. https://www.branchstow.co.uk/wakefieldsfirstrailwayanditscollieriesjohngoodchild, accessed on 15th April 2025.
  22. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kilmarnock_and_Troon_Railway, accessed on 15th April 2025.
  23. https://www.nationaltransporttrust.org.uk/heritage-sites/heritage-detail/kilmarnock-and-troon-railway, accessed on 15th April 2025.
  24. https://railway200.co.uk/activity/celebration-of-the-90th-birthday-of-courage-the-worlds-smallest-standard-gauge-diesel-loco/, accessed on 15th April 2025.
  25. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hetton_colliery_railway, accessed on 15th April 2025.
  26. https://preservedbritishsteamlocomotives.com/richard-trevithick-1802-coalbrookdale-locomotive, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  27. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Richard_Trevithick, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  28. Francis Trevithick; Life of Richard Trevithick: With an Account of His Inventions, Volume 1; E. & F.N. Spon, London, 1872.
  29. John Denton; Shropshire Railways; in Shropshire; Shropshire County Council, 1980. p335.
  30. G. F. Westcott; The British Railway Locomotive 1803–1853; HMSO, London, 1958 p3 & p11.
  31. Early steam locomotives; in Locos in Profile; via https://web.archive.org/web/20110612124726/http://www.locos-in-profile.co.uk/Articles/Early_Locos/early1.html, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  32. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Richard_Trevithick#/media/File:Coalbrookdale_loco.jpg, accessed on 16th April 2025
  33. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Catch_Me_Who_Can, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  34. Designed and built by Matthew Murray, four of these locomotives were built for use in Leeds, where they lasted – despite one blowing up – until the early 1830s. Three were built for use around Newcastle-upon-Tyne; three under licence for use near Wigan, and one for service in South Wales. A working model was sent to the Tsar of Russia and copies were built in modern-day Belgium and Poland. This means not only were they the first locomotives in commercial use, but the first built in any number and the first to be used in many countries around the world.” [3]
  35. The design of this early locomotive address one particular problem associated with these early locomotives: “Colliery manager John Blenkinsop focussed on a particular problem with locomotives on cast-iron rails, specifically that an engine light enough to run on the tracks without breaking them would have trouble with the weight of the wagons and the often steep gradients of the track. Blenkinsop relaid the track on one side with a toothed rail – patented in 1811 – and approached engineer Matthew Murray to design a locomotive with a pinion to mesh with the rail. The resulting Salamanca became the first commercial steam locomotive to operate successfully in 1812.” [36]
  36. https://www.airedalesprings.co.uk/blog/great-feats-of-british-engineering-middleton-railway, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  37. https://www.hopetowndarlington.co.uk/stories/the-stockton-darlington-railway, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  38. http://www.alangeorge.co.uk/penydarren_ironworks.htm, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  39. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Penydarren, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  40. https://sherburninelmethistory.co.uk/local-railway-history, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  41. https://crabandwinkle.org/past, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  42. https://uk.hornby.com/railway-200, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  43. Notes and News; in The Railway Magazine, January 1950, Volume 96, No. 585, Transport (1910) Ltd., Westminster, London.
  44. Samuel Smiles; Lives of the Engineers, Volume III; John Murray, 1862.
  45. W. J. Gordon; Our Home Railways Volume II; Frederick Warne & Co., 1910.
  46. https://www.networkrail.co.uk/stories/all-aboard-railway-200, accessed on 14th July 2025.
  47. https://www.thenorthernecho.co.uk/history/railway/stockton/3165797.Efforts_that_kept_the_mines_afloat, accessed on 14th July 2025.
  48. Cecil J. Allen; The North Eastern Railway; Ian Allan, Shepperton, HB 1964 (SB 1974).
  49. William Weaver Tomlinson; The North Eastern Railway: Its rise and development; Andrew Reid and Company, 1915; via https://archive.org/details/northeasternrail00tomlrich/northeasternrail00tomlrich, accessed on 14th July 2025.
  50. Maurice W. Kirby; The Origins of Railway Enterprise: The Stockton and Darlington Railway 1821–1863; Cambridge University Press. 2002.
  51. In the 19th century members of the Society of Friends travelled to attend regular meetings and came to know Quakers elsewhere, this leading to marriages and business partnerships. The Society of Friends published guidance on conduct that included honesty in business matters, and this gave Quakers the confidence to invest in the dealings of a devout member. [50: p52, 79–80, 128]
  52.  “In the mean time, a bill is to be brought into Parliament to carry a rail-way from Bishop Auckland to Darlington and Stockton. Mr. Stevenson … has been called … to give an opinion as to the best line. The work is estimated at 120,000l., a great part of which is already subscribed.” [53: p223]
  53. Thomas Thomson, ed.; Durham Coal Field; in Annals of Philosophy. Vol. XIII.; Baldwin, Cradock and Joy, London, March 1819.
  54. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stockton_and_Darlington_Railway, accessed on 14th July 2025.
  55. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Stockton_and_Darlington_seal_(en).jpg, accessed on 14th July 2025.
  56. David Milbank Challis & Andy Rush; The Railways Of Britain: An Unstudied Map Corpus; in Imago Mundi. Volume 61, No. 2, 2009, p186–214; via https://www.semanticscholar.org/paper/The-Railways-of-Britain%3A-An-Unstudied-Map-Corpus-Challis-Rush/8ff97f7c976fe3a2cb7ed2e07a268ab4ab904490, accessed on 14th July 2025.
  57. From [1825] on, an abundance of maps, plans, diagrams and technical drawings were created to enable railways to be planned, constructed and operated; to be changed, developed and regulated; to attract business and passengers; and to provide railway staff with a range of specialist tools.” [56]
  58. Diana Collecott; The Arrival of Quakerism in Teesdale; in The Quaker Line: A study to understand the importance of the Quaker community to the Stockton & Darlington Railway; compiled by the Friends of the Stockton & Darlington Railway (FSDR), supported by Historic England, 2022/3, p7-14; via https://www.sdr1825.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/The-Quaker-Line-Alan-Townsend-Ed.pdf, accessed on 14th July 2025.
  59. L. T. C. Rolt; George and Robert Stephenson: The Railway Revolution; Penguin, 1984.
  60. Malleable iron rails cost £12 10s and cast iron rails £6 15s per ton at that time, but malleable iron rails could be less than half the weight for the same strength. [59: p74]
  61. Smiles [62: p160] states that early tramroads had rails 4 ft 8 in (1,422 mm) apart, but Tomlinson [49: p82–83] questions this, stating that the most common gauge of the early tramroads and waggonways was about 4 ft (1,219 mm), and some, such as the Wylam Waggonway, had the rails 5 ft (1,524 mm) apart. The gauge of the S&DR was given in early documents as 4 ft 8 in (1,422 mm), but the distance between the rails was later measured as 4 ft 8+1⁄2 in (1,435 mm), and this became the standard gauge used by 60 per cent of railways worldwide. The difference of 1⁄2 inch (13 mm) is a mystery.” [54][63: p75][64]
  62. Samuel Smiles; Lives of the Engineers. The Locomotive. George and Robert Stephenson; John Murry, Albermarle Street, London, 1904; via https://archive.org/details/livesengineersg00smilgoog/page/n8/mode/2up?view=theater, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  63. Hunter Davis; George Stephenson: A Biographical Study of the Father of Railways; Weidenfeld and Nicolson, London, 1975.
  64. Robert Stephenson (1803–1859); Network Rail; via https://web.archive.org/web/20140226231103/http://www.networkrail.co.uk/VirtualArchive/robert-stephenson, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  65. The Skerne bridge was shown on the reverse of the Series E five-pound note that featured George Stephenson, issued by the Bank of England between 1990 and 2003.[66] Allen [48: p22] and Tomlinson [49: p93–95] state that Bonomi was directly appointed by the directors after Stephenson had ignored suggestions to consult him, but Rolt [59: p75] does not mention this.” [54]
  66. Withdrawn Banknotes Reference Guide (PDF) (Report). Bank of England, London, p27; via https://web.archive.org/web/20170329073154/http://www.bankofengland.co.uk/banknotes/Documents/withdrawnrefguide.pdf, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  67. Robert H. Thornton; A History of the Growth of the Steam Engine; D. Appleton & Co., New York, via https://archive.org/stream/ahistorygrowths03thurgoog#page/n5/mode/2up, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  68. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Skerne_Bridge, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  69. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Skerne_Bridge,_Darlington,_in_1825,_by_Revd._John_Skinner.jpg, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  70. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Skerne_Railway_Bridge_South_Side_May_2021.jpg, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  71. Smiles [62: p166] has an image of this railway coach and describes it as ‘a somewhat uncouth machine’, even though the Illustrated London News had discounted in 1875 an earlier publication of Smiles’ image, stating that coach used on the opening day was a similar to a road coach. [72] Tomlinson [49: p109–110] describes the coach as having a table, cushioned seats and carpets, and criticises the Smiles image for the lack of roof seats, having the wheels outside the coach frame and says that the drawing in Smiles does not look like a vehicle that was built for £80 (approximately £8300 in 2023). [73]
  72. Railway Jubilee at Darlington; Illustrated London News. 2nd October 1875, p342.
  73. UK Retail Price Index inflation figures are based on data from Gregory Clark; The Annual RPI and Average Earnings for Britain, 1209 to Present (New Series); MeasuringWorth, 2017, via https://measuringworth.com/datasets/ukearncpi accessed on 15th July 2025.
  74. These waggons (known as wagons after about 1830) [75] were designed to carry a Newcastle chaldron (pronounced ‘chalder’ in Newcastle) of coal, about 53 long cwt (5,900 lb; 2,700 kg). This differed from the London chaldron, which was 36 bushels or 25+1⁄2 long cwt (2,860 lb; 1,300 kg). [49: p120][76]
  75. A. A. Jackson; The Railway Dictionary: An A-Z of Railway Terminology; Alan Sutton, 1922, p322.
  76. Bill Griffiths; A Dictionary of North East Dialect; Northumbria University Press. 2005, p30.
  77. https://teesvalleymuseums.org/theme/the-stockton-darlington-railway/view-object/the-opening-of-the-stockton-and-darlington-railway-1825, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  78. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Railway_track, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  79. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rail_profile, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  80. https://railroadrails.com/information/railroad-track-weight-and-length, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  81. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Stockton_%26_Darlington_Railway_with_today%27s_lines.svg, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  82. An imperial or long ton is the same as 1.016 metric tonnes and 1.120 short tons, the US customary unit.
  83. Compare Tomlinson (49: p141–142) and Rolt (59: p143).
  84. Robert Young; Timothy Hackworth and the Locomotive; Locomotive Publishing Co., London, 1923 – republished by The Hackworth Society/The Book Guild Ltd., 2000 in PB.
  85. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_Middlesbrough, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  86. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Middlesbrough, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  87. K. Hoole; A Regional History of the Railways of Great Britain: Volume IV The North East; David & Charles, Newton Abbot, 1974.
  88. Census 2011; Middlesbrough Council; via https://web.archive.org/web/20131230231647/http://www.middlesbrough.gov.uk/?articleid=3995, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  89. Paul Delplanque; Middlesbrough Dock 1839–1980; in the Middlesbrough Gazette, 17th November 2011; via https://web.archive.org/web/20130409123451/http://rememberwhen.gazettelive.co.uk/2011/11/middlesbrough-dock-1839-1980.html, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  90. A. N. Mackay, ed.; A History of North Eastern Railway Signalling; North Eastern Railway Association, 2016.
  91. Francis Whishaw; The Railways of Great Britain and Ireland Practically Described and Illustrated (2nd ed.); John Weale, London,1842.
  92. Passenger accommodation was sometimes classified as inside and outside following the practice on stage-coaches; express trains with premium fares were known as first-class trains. The S&DR introduced third class accommodation on some trains in 1835 as people unable to afford a second class ticket had been walking along the tracks.” [93]
  93. Charles Edward Lee; Passenger Class Distinctions; in the Railway Gazette, London, 1946.
  94. Bradshaw’s Monthly General Railway and Steam Navigation Guide; March 1843, p16
  95. https://www.portofmiddlesbrough.com/1830-port-darlington-is-born, accessed on 16th July 2025.
  96. https://www.sdr1825.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/6-The-Globe-Jul-2018.pdf, accessed on 16th July 2025.
  97. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:The_Globe_locomotive.jpg, accessed on 16th July 2025.
  98. Historic England; Details from listed building database (1121229); National Heritage List for England; via https://historicengland.org.uk/listing/the-list/list-entry/1121229?section=official-list-entry, accessed on 16th July 2025.
  99.  Darlington North Road Locomotive Works; Railway Correspondence & Travel Society; 24 August 2012; via https://web.archive.org/web/20140115121551/https://www.rcts.org.uk/branches/north_east/page.htm?id=Darlington%20North%20Road%20Locomotive%20Works, accessed on 16th July 2025.
  100. Peter Walton; The Stainmore and Eden Valley Railways; Oxford Publishing, 1992.
  101. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:S%26DR_as_part_of_NER_in_1904_(en).jpg, accessed on 16th July 2025.
  102. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Gaunless_Bridge_before_1901.jpg, accessed on 16th July 2025.
  103. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Durham_Coalfield, accessed on 17th July 2025.
  104. https://evenwoodramshawdistricthistorysociety.uk/geology-the-durham-coalfield-etc, accessed on 17th July 2025.
  105. https://maps.nls.uk/view/220113055, accessed on 13th August 2025.
  106. https://web.archive.org/web/20110719144222/http://www.cmhrc.pwp.blueyonder.co.uk/durhamcf.htm, accessed on 17th July 2025.
  107. https://durhamrecordoffice.org.uk/our-records/coal-mining-and-durham-collieries, accessed on 17th July 2025.
  108. http://www.northumbria.ac.uk/sd/central/its/uni_press/catalogue/hist/gnc_bm, accessed on 17th July 2025.
  109. https://www.sunnisidelocalhistorysociety.co.uk/durham.html, accessed on 18th July 2025.
  110. https://muse.jhu.edu/article/623440/summary, accessed on 18th July 2025.
  111. https://www.pontcysyllte-aqueduct.co.uk/object/horses, accessed on 18th July 2025.
  112. https://www.theheritageportal.co.za/article/railway-put-world-track, accessed on 18th July 2025.
  113. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Locomotion_No._1, accessed on 18th July 2025.
  114. L.O. Karlsson; A Rediscovered Early Rail Wagon; in Early Railways; Newcomen Society, London, p20-23.
  115. David Gwyn; The Coming of the Railway: A New Global History, 1750-1850; Yale University Press, New Haven & London, 2023.
  116. Sir William Strickland; Technical Study of the Inclined Plane Mechanism of the South Hadley Canal, South Hadley,Massachusetts; 1794.
  117. https://picturestocktonarchive.com/2019/07/19/the-bishop-auckland-to-stockton-canal-1770, accessed on 4th August 2025.
  118. https://www.networkrail.co.uk/stories/incredible-stephenson-railway-history-rediscovered, accessed on 4th August 2025.
  119. https://ourworldindata.org/grapher/output-of-key-industrial-sectors-in-england-and-the-uk, accessed on 4th August 2025.
  120. A. Vaughan; Railwaymen, Politics and Money; John Murray, London, 1997.
  121. https://regency-explorer.net/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/Advertisment-for-the-first-horse-drawn-railway-in-Britain.jpg, accessed on 7th August 2025.
  122. https://www.thehopkinthomasproject.com/TheHopkinThomasProject/TimeLine/Wales/LocomotiveDevelopment/WrightIllustratedHistory/WrightHTMs/HackworthRoyalGeorge.htm, accessed on 7th August 2025.
  123. https://historicengland.org.uk/listing/the-list/list-entry/1322808?section=official-list-entry, accessed on 7th August 2025.
  124. R. Young; Timothy Hackworth and the Locomotive; 1975
  125. https://www.sdr1825.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/2016-12-28-SDR-Volume-1-Significance-Management.pdf accessed on 9th August 2025.
  126. A. Guy; Better Than First: the Significance of the Stockton & Darlington Railway, 1821-30; (unpub paper given at the Friends of the S&DR Conference June 2015).
  127. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Stockton_and_Darlington_Railway_Share_Certificate_issued_1823.jpg, accessed on 13th August 2025.
  128. http://www.metadyne.co.uk/pdf_files/RULE_MAIN_V4.pdf, accessed on 13th August 2025.
  129. https://www.sdr1825.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/StocktonandDarlingtonRailwayHeritageActionZone–AerialInvestigationandMapping-Historic-England-2021.pdf, accessed on 13th August 2025.
  130. https://maps.nls.uk/view/102341692, accessed on 13th August 2025.
  131. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swansea_and_Mumbles_Railway, accessed on 14th August 2025.
  132. https://www.historyofrailroad.com/news/lake-lock-rail-road-company-above-ground-railway#google_vignette, accessed on 14th August 2025.
  133. https://picturestocktonarchive.com/2016/03/30/original-sd-line-railway-tracks-outside-preston-hall-museum, accessed on 14th August 2025.
  134. https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukla/Geo3/42/80/contents/enacted, accessed on 14th August 2025.
  135. https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukla/Geo3/50/123/contents/enacted, accessed on 14th August 2025.
  136. José Ignacio Rojas-Sola & Eduardo De la Morena-De la Fuente; The Hay Inclined Plane in Coalbrookdale (Shropshire, England): Geometric Modeling and Virtual Reconstruction; Symmetry 2019, Volume 11, No. 4, p589; https://doi.org/10.3390/sym11040589; via https://www.mdpi.com/2073-8994/11/4/589, accessed on 20th August 2025.
  137. M.R. Bailey & J.P. Glithero; The Engineering and History of Rocket; National Railway Museum, London and York, 2000.

Dog Kennel Bridge on the Coleford Branch in the Forest of Dean

The Coleford Branch between Monmouth and Coleford replaced an earlier tramroad. The Monmouth Tramroad, linked Monmouth with Coleford and opened in 1810. It was the first rail transport in the immediate area.

The Monmouth Railway, 1817, ©Afterbrunel and authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [4]

Wikipedia tells us that the “Monmouth Railway Act was a Parliamentary act from 1810 (50 Geo. 3. c. cxxiii) that authorized the construction of a 3 ft 6 in gauge plateway, a type of early tramroad, from mines east of Coleford to May Hill in Monmouth, running through Redbrook. The purpose was to create a toll road for carriers to transport coal and iron ore, but it would not be operated by the company itself. The line opened in stages between 1812 and 1817.” [4]

For just under half a century this was the only ‘railway’ serving Monmouth. This was true for even longer in respect of Coleford.

It is of interest that this line was originally planned to be at the core of a significant network. It had a long tunnel near Newland and is thought to have been the first railway to include a paying passenger service within its Act. [1]

The original tramway bridge (pictured towards the end of this short article) was a low timber girder on stone abutments crossing a minor road serving a couple of farmsteads. This created a large loop up this side valley, which initial plans for the railway involved amputating and replacing with a gently curving viaduct.

Viaducts are expensive, however, and taking a straight course means going a shorter distance and consequently trains would have to climb more steeply. So the viaduct was dropped from the plans and replaced by a huge embankment which made a smaller loop up the side valley. Through this embankment passed the new bridge for the minor road. Although it is a rather large structure (particularly by single arch standards), the top of the arch is still well below the top of the embankment, which carried a minor single track railway. It now carries an overgrown trackbed which is about the same width as the road below. The railway was built to last and, 92 years after the last train to Monmouth from Coleford, the Dog Kennel Bridge remains in excellent condition.

Dog Kennel Bridge, seen from the Northwest on Whitecliff. The featured image at the head of this article is a photograph taken by me on 3rd September 2025. It shows the same structure, seen from the Southeast on the same minor road. The featured image is repeated below. [Google Streetview, March 2025]
The featured image for this short article is a photograph of Dog Kennel Bridge as seen from the Southeast. The bridge is unusual, being more like one span of a tall viaduct than a single-span arches bridge. [My photograph, 3rd September 2025]
The red dot marks the location of Dog Kennel Bridge. The line of the branch can be made out as two parallel lines of trees which pass to the West of the ‘flag’ marking the position of Whitecliff Ironworks. [Google Maps, September 2025]
The extract from the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1900, published in 1902, shows the location of Dog Kennel Bridge in relation to the small town of Coleford. The bridge is in the extreme bottom-left of the map extract. Coleford’s two adjacent stations feature in the top-right of the map extract. [2]
The red dot marks the location of Dog Kennel Bridge. [Google Maps, September 2025]
The 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1900, published in 1902, shows the GWR single-track line crossing Dog Kennel Bridge. The earthworks for the older Monmouth Railway are visible running across the map extract on the South side of the GWR line above Whitecliff Villa, passing under the GWR line to head further up the valley before curving tightly over the road. [3]

Dog Kennel Bridge carried the Coleford Railway, which ran from Wyesham Junction, near Monmouth, to Coleford, over a minor road between Whitecliff and High Meadow Farm. Construction of the line began in 1880, the contractors being Reed Bros & Co. of London, and it was opened on 1st September 1883. In common with other underbridges on the line, Dog Kennel Bridge is predominantly of stone, but the arch is made of brick. It has massive stone abutments and wing walls. The smaller stone bridge abutments of the Monmouth Railway, which the Coleford Railway replaced, are still visible about 100 metres up the lane (SO 56321007) where the old tramroad crossed the valley on a much sharper curve. [5]

The abutments of the tramroad bridge remain on either side of Whitecliff. This is how they appear from the Southeast. [Google Streetview, March 2025]
The tramroad (Monmouth Railway) bridge abutments seen from the Northwest. [Google Streetview, March 2025]
The relative positions of the older tramroad bridge and Dog Kennel Bridge. [Google Earth, September 2025]

The GWR’s Coleford Branch closed by 1st January 1917, most of the track soon being lifted for the war effort. [5]

References

  1. https://booksrus.me.uk/gn/page%2096.html, accessed on 4th September 2025.
  2. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.8&lat=51.79209&lon=-2.62401&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 5th September 2025.
  3. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.4&lat=51.78774&lon=-2.63287&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 5th September 2025.
  4. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Monmouth_Railway, accessed on 6th September 2025.
  5. https://forestofdeanhistory.org.uk/learn-about-the-forest/dog-kennel-bridge, accessed on 6th September 2025.

Manchester Mayfield Railway Station

The featured image shows Longsight’s Stanier 2-6-0 Locomotive No. 42960 at Manchester Mayfield on 3rd September 1955 about to depart with a suburban service. This image was shared on the British Railways Steam 1948 – 1968 Facebook Group by Alex Lawson on 20th July 2022, © H. C. Casserley. [30]

Manchester Mayfield 3rd September 1955. Longsight’s Stanier 2-6-0 42960 is ready to depart with a suburban service.
Photo H C Casserley.

A short note about extensive alterations at Manchester London Road Station appeared in the December 1958 issue of The Railway Magazine. The major alterations were designed to accommodate the electrification of the line between Manchester and Crewe. [1]

The Railway Magazine reported that “The improvements include[d] the construction of three new platforms, the lengthening of the existing platforms, to accommodate 16-coach electric trains, and the widening of the concourse. The station [would] thus have 14 platforms, of which ten [would be devoted to main-line and local traffic on the former London & North Western line, and the remainder to trains on the Great Central route. When the alterations [were] completed, the adjoining terminus at Mayfield [would] cease to deal with passenger traffic. A new power signalbox [would] control the area extending to East Didsbury and Heaton Chapel, and will replace 13 manual boxes. Electric trains [would] not be an innovation at London Road, because the Altrincham line was electrified in 1931, and the Sheffield line in 1954.” [1]

The text in bold highlights the closure of Mayfield Station to passenger traffic. This article focuses on Mayfield Railway Station. ….

Mayfield Station had only ever been something of which I was vaguely aware despite having lived in the Manchester area for large parts of my life.

Manchester Mayfield Station was, “on the south side of Fairfield Street next to Manchester Piccadilly station, [Manchester London Road station, as it was in 1958]. Opened in 1910, Mayfield was constructed as a four-platform relief station adjacent to Piccadilly to alleviate overcrowding. In 1960, the station was closed to passengers and, in 1986, it was permanently closed to all services having seen further use as a parcels depot.” [2]

Manchester Mayfield Railway Station was on the South side of Fairfield Street. It was linked to Manchester London Road (later Piccadilly) Station by a footbridge over Fairfield Street. This is an extract from the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1915, © Public Domain. [3]

Opened on 8th August 1910 by the London and North Western Railway, Manchester Mayfield was built alongside Manchester London Road station (later Piccadilly) to handle the increased number of trains and passengers following the opening of the Styal Line in 1909. [4][5: p7] The LNWR had considered constructing a new platform at London Road between the [Manchester, South Junction and Altrincham Railway’s] MSJAR’s platforms 1 and 2, which were renumbered 1 and 3 in anticipation, but this was abandoned in favour of the construction of Mayfield; the platforms nevertheless remained renumbered. [6: p167] Four platforms were provided and passengers could reach London Road via a high-level footbridge. [6: p167][7: p43] Mayfield suffered the effects of bombing during World War II, when it was hit by a parachute mine on 22nd December 1940.” [8: illustration 40] [2]

Manchester Mayfield Railway Station as it appears on the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1914. [21]

Mayfield was a relief station, mainly used by extra trains and suburban services to the south of Manchester [6: p167] – places such as Cheadle Hulme, Buxton, Alderley Edge, Chelford and Stockport. [9: table 97] “In the London Midland timetable of September 1951, the Pines Express from Bournemouth West is shown as arriving at Mayfield at 4.30pm (16.30) on Mondays to Fridays. On Saturdays, this train used Piccadilly station, then known as London Road. [10: table 17] In the 1957-8 timetable, the Pines Express still arrived at Mayfield on Mondays to Fridays, now at the time of 4.45pm (16.45).” [11: table 21][2]

Manchester Mayfield Railway Station seen from the East in the last days of steam, This image was shared on the Disused Stations Facebook Group by Jordan Trevor on 17th October 2020, © Unknown. [27]

Further photographs, maps and information can be found on the Disused Stations Webpage, [22] and here, [29]

Manchester Mayfield Railway Station, as seen from Baring Street in 2020, © Rcsprinter123 and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY 3.0). [2]
Another external view of Manchester Mayfield Railway Station in the very early 21st century, © Unknown. [24]
The derelict interior of Manchester Mayfield Railway Station in 2012, © True British Metal and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [25]
Another interior view of the derelict station building, this time in 2009, © philld and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [26]

For a brief period during the electrification and modernisation of London Road station, Mayfield Station was the Manchester terminus for many diverted services. [12: p86-87]  It was closed to passengers on 28th August 1960 with the completion of the electrification and modernisation works at Manchester London Road station. [13: p92]

The site was converted into a parcels depot, which opened on 6th July 1970. [4] Royal Mail constructed a sorting office on the opposite side of the main line and connected it to Mayfield with an overhead conveyor bridge, which crossed the throat of Piccadilly station.” [2]

Manchester Mayfield Railway Station once converted to a parcels depot. This image was shared on their Facebook Page by The Tourist Historian on the 23rd September 2023, © Unknown. [23]
The interior of Manchester Mayfield Railway Station as a Parcels Depot. This image was shared on their Facebook Page by The Tourist Historian on the 23rd September 2023, © Unknown. [28]

The depot closed in 1986, following the decision by Parcelforce, Royal Mail’s parcels division, to abandon rail transport in favour of road haulage. The tracks into Mayfield were removed in 1989, as part of the remodelling of the Piccadilly station layout. The parcels conveyor bridge was removed in 2003 with the Sorting Office being rebuilt as the Square One development, prestige offices used by Network Rail. [2]

The site of Mayfield station is the property of London and Continental Railways. [2] The interior of the station was used in Prime Suspect as a drug dealer’s haunt. [4] It was also used as a double for Sheffield railway station in The Last Train. The roadside building was gutted by a fire in 2005. [4]

Further photographs, maps and information can be found on the Disused Stations Webpage. [22]

There are, or have been, various plans for the use of the site of Mayfield station. These include:

Reopening as a station

A study was carried out by Mott MacDonald in 2000, which looked at possibilities of increasing capacity at the Piccadilly station. One solution put forward would see the track quadrupled between Slade Lane Junction and Piccadilly, with a pair of through platforms in the Mayfield goods yard to the south of Piccadilly’s platforms 13 and 14 linked to additional running lines to Ashburys station. This proposal was supported by the Greater Manchester Passenger Transport Executive as it would increase usable train paths through Piccadilly by between 33% and 50%; the extra track would, however, require an expensive extension to the Piccadilly – Deansgate viaduct carrying the track from Slade Lane. The location of the proposed platforms was also criticised, as it would entail ‘a long walk for passengers wishing to interchange with other terminating rail services at Manchester Piccadilly or access the city centre’.” [2]

Other options would have the station used again as a terminus, providing a rail link to Manchester Airport or, alternatively, the lines might be extended through Mayfield and connected to the existing line to Manchester Oxford Road railway station. [2][4]

Further proposals were put forward in 2009 by the Greater Manchester Integrated Transport Authority for reinstating Mayfield as an operational station, to alleviate capacity problems at Piccadilly Station. [14] However, as part of the Northern Hub railway development scheme across Northern England, Network Rail now plans to increase capacity on the existing Oxford Road-Piccadilly route by widening the viaducts and adding two additional platforms (15 and 16) to the south side of Piccadilly station. [15] There are no plans to re-open Mayfield station for public transport.” [2]

Commercial redevelopment

In 2008, an alternative scheme involving Manchester Mayfield was put forward. This proposal would see the station as part of a new 30-acre (120,000 m2) city centre district immediately adjacent to Piccadilly Station. That project would have created more than 6,000,000 square feet (560,000 m2) of offices contained in office blocks up to 12 storeys high, and would be completed over a period of 15 years. The scheme was led by “Mayfield Manchester”, a joint venture company between Ringset, part of the Wrather Group, and Panamint; the company owns around 90% of the land around the station as of 2008, but do not own the station itself. In April 2008,Manchester Mayfield were said in talks with its owners of the station site, BRB Residuary. [2]

Other schemes were also under consideration:

  • Conversion into a Coach station by National Express to replace their Charlton Street facility [2]
  • Government Offices – in May 2009, the site was earmarked for a development which would have housed 5,000 civil servants. It would have required the demolition of Mayfield station. This did not go ahead at the time but the idea was revived in 2015 as one of a number options for the site. [16] one of those options was for a very significant  redevelopment of the area around Piccadilly station and the Mayfield area, involving the demolition of both Mayfield station and Gateway House. [28][29] However the status of this is now unknown due to the cancellation of the HS2 Manchester leg. [2]
  • Entertainment Venue – in 2019, some of the site was converted into Depot Mayfield, a 10,000 capacity venue for culture located at Manchester’s historic former railway Mayfield as part of a £1 billion regeneration project. [17] It regularly hosts The Warehouse Project, a series of club nights. [2]

There is continued interest in the site as an urban regeneration area and it is proposed to replace the station with offices,  residential developments and a significant urban green space.

The new green space, ‘Mayfield Park’ opened in 2022. [18]

Manchester Mayfield Redevelopment and ‘Mayfield Park’. [19]

Mayfield will facilitate transformational change at the eastern gateway of the city centre close to Piccadilly Station. The 20 acre site provides the opportunity to create a distinctive and unique city centre district. The vision for Mayfield is for a distinctive, world class development delivering significant new commercial space, and up to 1500 new homes alongside a mix of retail and leisure facilities all centred on a new 6.5 acre city centre park.” [19]

Mayfield Strategic Redevelopment Framework (2016-2018) covers the work done and the work to be done on the site. [20]

References

  1. London Road Station, Manchester; in The Railway Magazine volume 104 No. 692, December 1958, p811.
  2. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Manchester_Mayfield_railway_station, accessed on 7th July 2025.
  3. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Manchester_London_Road_and_Mayfield_map_1915_6inch.gif, accessed on 7th July 2025.
  4. http://www.disused-stations.org.uk/m/manchester_mayfield/index.shtml, accessed on 7th July 2025.
  5. C.R. Clinker; LNWR Chronology 1900-1960; David and Charles, Newton Abbot, 1961.
  6. Sydney Richards; Manchester and its Railways; in Railways: The Pictorial Railway Journal, Volume 8 No. 91, Railway World Ltd., London, November 1947.
  7. S. Hall; Rail Centres: Manchester; Ian Allan Publishing, 1995.
  8. E. M. Johnson; Scenes from the Past: No. 3, Manchester Railway Termini; Foxline, 1987.
  9. British Railways London Midland Region Passenger Services Timetable 16th September 1957 to 8th June 1958.
  10. British Railways London Midland Region Passenger Services Timetable, September 10th 1951 until further notice.
  11. British Railways London Midland Region Passenger Services Timetable 16th September 1957 to 8th June 1958.
  12. Oswald S. Nock; Britain’s New Railway; Ian Allan Publishing, 1966.
  13. C. R. Clinker; Clinker’s Register of Closed Passenger Stations and Goods Depots in England, Scotland and Wales 1830–1977; Avon-AngliA Publications & Services, Bristol, October 1978.
  14. https://web.archive.org/web/20150322202743/http://www.manchestereveningnews.co.uk/news/greater-manchester-news/forgotten-station-may-return-914371, accessed on 7th July 2025.
  15. Our plans: Manchester Piccadilly;  Network Rail, London; via https://web.archive.org/web/20140812210305/https://www.networkrail.co.uk/improvements/northern-hub/projects/manchester-oxford-road-piccadilly/manchester-piccadilly-station-proposals/?cd=1, accessed on 7th July 2025.
  16. https://www.manchestereveningnews.co.uk/business/whitehall-north-back-track-city-8638504, accessed on 7th July 2025.
  17. https://depotmayfield.com/about-us, accessed on 7th July 2025.
  18. https://www.burohappold.com/projects/mayfield-regeneration, accessed on 7th July 2025.
  19. https://www.manchester.gov.uk/info/500113/city_centre_growth_and_infrastructure/7900/city_centre_regeneration_areas/11, accessed on 7th July 2025.
  20. https://studioegretwest.com/places/mayfield, accessed on 9th July 2025.
  21. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.4&lat=53.47615&lon=-2.22646&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 9th July 2025.
  22. http://www.disused-stations.org.uk/m/manchester_mayfield, accessed on 9th July 2025.
  23. https://www.facebook.com/TheTouristHistorian/posts/pfbid0JxatgmDM5JonoS8pt3xpRAvZXXoCLdv8f8vt8wag23vtupQoRvfzu54QDzKpTJWKl, accessed on 10th July 2025.
  24. https://www.phaus.co.uk/mayfield-railway-station, accessed on 10th July 2025.
  25. https://www.flickr.com/photos/truebritishmetal, accessed on 10th July 2025.w
  26. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/1439304, accessed on 10th July 2025.
  27. https://www.facebook.com/photo?fbid=10157763618693716&set=pcb.5164305560250093, accessed on 10th July 2025.
  28. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=282698811318217&set=pcb.282719321316166, accessed on 10th July 2025.
  29. https://www.flickr.com/photos/26690797@N02/32466777506, accessed on 10th July 2025.
  30. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/15JeoHAF7S, accessed on 11th July 2025.

Lewis, Harris and Skye – “The Soap Man,” and some other railways (1890s to 1920s). …

The featured image is a steam locomotive that was gainfully employed on Lewis on a contract fulfilled by Sir Robert McAlpine & Co. The Branahuie Railway (3ft-gauge) was a temporary line used in the construction of a Canning Factory, roads and houses for Lord Leverhulme. (Sir Robert McAlpine & Sons No. 12, one of the two Hudswell Clarke locos ( 1037/1913) used on the contract, © Public Domain courtesy of the collection of J. A. Peden. [15: p13]

Roger Hutchinson tells the story of Lord Leverhulme’s interest in Lewis, Harris and (to a much lesser extent) Skye, in the years following the First World War.  Lord Leverhulme purchased Lewis and later Harris with a view to developing the islands.

Mingled in with the story are Lord Leverhulme’s plans for transport infrastructure and particularly railways. Hutchinson first introduces railway plans in comments attributed to Thomas Mawson who wrote about Lord Leverhulme’s plans in the Manchester Guardian. Late in 1918, Mawson wrote: “before any … industry can be a success [on Lewis] it will be necessary to provide better transit facilities by sea and land. Safe harbours are the first essential of all economic developments. Engineers are accordingly at work making preliminary surveys for railways which will connect the principle harbours of the island with Stornoway, their natural base. We may soon have a railway on the east coast, connecting Port of Ness, another railway connecting with Callernish on the west, and possibly a third to Loch Seaforth, connecting the Isle of Harris directly with Stornoway. As supplementary to these the main roads are likely to be further improved and motor routes created as feeders to the railways. … A natural corollary to the introduction of railways and harbour facilities will be an increase in the number and size of the steamers trading with the mainland. A trawling fleet, too, is bound to appear as an arm to the fishing industry. Ice factories, cold storage, and canneries for the curing and treatment of fish for export are already planned, and the work of construction will soon begin.” [1: p91]

Hutchinson goes on to comment: “The idea of giving Lewis a couple of branch railway lines was neither original nor utterly ridiculous. Just twenty years previously, in 1897 and 1898, two separate private enterprises, the Highland Railway Company and the Highland Light Railway Company, had surveyed and proposed small-gauge lines between Stornoway and Tarbert in Harris and between Stornoway and Breasclete and Carloway on the west coast. The £500,000 schemes had collapsed when the amount of capital required to be raised by private subscription – £290,000 – was not forthcoming.” [1: p93-94]

Also, “Lewis did have railways, around the turn of the 19th/20th century. There was a railway from the quarry at Bennadrove to Stornoway. Posts related to this track can still be found in the Castle Grounds, opposite the Caberfeidh Hotel.” [5] …

It seems that under Lord Leverhulme’s tenure, “a trackbed was laid near Garrabost in Point, but a railway was never built. The same fate befell the track, linking Carloway to Stornoway along what is now the Pentland Road.” [5]

Very little other evidence exists of his proposed railways, and it is entirely possible that the remains referred to in the last paragraph could relate to much earlier railway proposals. [8]

Lord Leverhulme “planned to develop several smaller fishing harbours around the island’s coast that would be linked by new [his proposed] railways and roads to Stornoway, which would be transformed into a huge fish-processing centre. There was also to be a cannery, an ice-making factory, and a plant to make glue, animal feed and fertiliser from the offal.” [2]

“A chemical industry would also be developed to process the plentiful seaweed around the island; peat would be used in large scale power stations; and unproductive land would be transformed  into forests, or fruit or dairy farms. Lewis would grow to become an island of up to 200,000 people. … He had prominent architects and town planners produce a vision of a future Stornoway in 1920. There was to be a town hall and art gallery, a bridge to connect the town to the Castle grounds, long avenues and a railway station, with a war-memorial on South Beach. None of these were constructed although he did give the town a gas supply, and he also intended to use electricity to light the streets.” [2]

For all Lord Leverhulme’s grandiose plans, he was unable to stay the course. His plans “failed in Lewis partly from trying to force the people into too rapid and too fundamental change; he was used to a totally different lifestyle and he tried to define progress on his own terms.” [2]

He faced determined resistance from the local population whose overwhelming desire was for croft land and the freedom to choose what work to undertake. As a result, they did not take to the idea of industrial jobs centred in Stornoway and, in fact, regarded that kind of work, even though salaried, as effective slavery.

Despite the growing tensions, Leverhulme spent over £1 million in Lewis. Two model housing schemes were built in Stornoway, one on Matheson Road and another on Anderson Road, to house Leverhulme’s managers and employees. New roads were built in Lewis: a concrete bridge, now known as the Bridge to Nowhere, was constructed in Tolsta as part of a scheme to create a coastal road linking Tolsta to Ness at the north tip of the island. The road was never completed.” [3]

Lord Leverhulme’s failure to understand the basic, even visceral, connection between the people and the land was significant.

His proposals centred on his perception of a significant fishery in the waters around Lewis which would sustain industrialised fishing and canning. In reality the stocks were not as great as he believed and the postwar demand for canned fish deteriorated (partly because of barriers to trade with Russia imposed by the UK after the Russian revolution) and as more and more fresh fish from other sources became available. He saw the sale value of fish reduced by 90%.

Lord Leverhulme believed that his offer of good housing and allotments close to Stornoway would ultimately be more attractive than a hand-to-mouth crofting lifestyle. He could not have been more wrong. “What the crofters most needed was casual work to supplement their subsistence farming; what was proposed was regular employment in an industrial process. They did not want to be dependent on any landlord, even a millionaire philanthropist, for their livelihood, and most preferred to take control of their own destiny.” [3]

He stubbornly refused crofters access to good farmland in favour of his desire to see the island self-sufficient in milk, which could anyway be cheaply be imported from Aberdeenshire. As a consequence many men of Lewis raided those farm lands, began building and setting up crofts.

Only a matter of a few short years after the conclusion of the war, Lord Leverhulme had decided that his project was over.

A young doctor, Halliday Sutherland arrived in Stornoway in 1923 “a half-built factory on which work had been abandoned, a derelict small-gauge railway, and thousands of pounds’ worth of machinery rusting on the shore.’ Anxious to uncover the reasons for such a depressing scene, Sutherland approached what was presented in his later transcription as a bellicose old man working a croft in the Back district. The man had no desire, Sutherland said, ‘to answer a whistle at six in the morning and work for wages in Lever’s factory. No damn fear. Poor as I am, I’m master here, and could order you off this croft. … Why did some of us raid his pasture-land? A dairy farm for the island it was to be. I’ve another name for that a monopoly in milk. No damn fear. We are poorer now than we were. Why? Because the line-fishing in the spring has failed. Why? Because of these damned trawlers that spoil the spawn, and half of them are Lever’s English trawlers. He makes us poor, and then wants us to work for him.'” [1: p169][4]

Had Lord Leverhulme’s grandiose plans for Lewis and Harris resulted in lasting changes, there would probably have been some significant changes on Skye. Not the least of these changes may have been the provision of some form of railway from Kyle of Lochalsh onto Skye and through Broadford and Portree to Dunvegan inthe North of the Isle of Skye.

David Spaven & Julian Holland provide a map of proposed railway lines in Scotland. This map shows these proposed but unbuilt railways as dotted lines. Of particular relevance here are the lines on Lewis and on Skye. Although it should be noted that the routes marked predated Lord Leverhulm’s interest in Lewis and Harris by some considerable time.  [7: p166 – extract from larger map]

Spaven and Holland’s map does not tell anything like the full story of the planned railways for Lewis and Harris. The map below, provided by Ian B. Jolly shows considerably more detail. It is included in an article in The Narrow Gauge magazine. [15]

Proposed railways on Lewis/Harris. [15: p10]

The Napier Commission’s report on crofting published in 1884 proposed the use of light railways on Lewis and Skye. As a result, The Hebridean Light Railway Co. was formed to promote 130 miles of railway in Skye and Lewis. This led to surveys being undertaken by Alex MacDonald, Engineer, of a possible railway linking Stornoway to Breasclete and Carloway. The survey report was dated 1st June 1893.

Ian Jolly reports that “the trackbed of this line was constructed and, for the first two or three miles out of Stornoway now forms the A858 road, while the rest of the route is an unclassified road to Breasclete.” [15: p12] The unclassified road is the ‘Pentland Road’ which has two arms, one to Carloway and one to Breasclete.

Jolly also notes that O’Dell and Walton, include in their book, ‘Highlands and Islands of Scotland’, a map showing projected railways for Lewis and Skye in 1897 and 1898. In fact, this is just a small part of a map covering the whole of Scotland and are at best schematic in nature. [15: p12][16: p206]

The Outer Hebrides and Skye, showing various schemes which did not come to fruition in the later years of the 19th century and mark with the year in which the schemes would have been constructed. The lines drawn are no more than indicative of the routes proposed. There is no indication of schemes proposed in the 20th century. [16: p206]

One further map is worth noting. This map is provided in a paper by John and Margaret Gold and shows Lord Leverhulme’s development plan for Lewis and Harris. …

Lord Leverhulme’s Development Plan: this gives a good idea of the scope of Lord Leverhulme’s imagination. His ideas were built on the assumption that the fishery around Lewis and Harris was likely to sustain yields over many years. His plans were well-developed. [45: p197]

Later, in April 1919, Jolly says, there were proposals (elsewhere reported as being considered during the first world war) put to a meeting at Staffin, in the north-east of Skye, when representations were made to the Secretary of State, Ministry of Transport and the Highland Reconstruction Committee for a system of light railways on the East side of Skye. There was a similar meeting at Uig, also on Skye, in September 1920 when representations were made to the Ministry of Transport for a light railway connecting Uig to Kyleakin via Portree. Both these meetings were reported in the local press at the time.. [15: p12]

Jolly mentions a comment by Lord Leverhulme which was reported the Highland News, 17th May 1919, that the new harbour at Stornoway should come before the light railway.

Nigel Nicolson, in Lord of the Isles, notes that in a relatively short time (circa. 1920) Lord Leverhulme was looking seriously at light railway schemes on Lewis and had marked out their courses. Leverhulme’s scheme would have had a terminus at Stornoway and three lines:

1) A line South through Balallan to Aline with later extension to Tarbert.

2) A line West, then North to Callanish and Carloway and return to Stornoway via Barvas; and

3) A Branch North from Barvas to serve townships near the Butt of Lewis and return down the east coast through Tolsta to Stornoway.

The total track mileage would have been about 100 miles. The gauge was to be 3ft using WDLR rails being sold as surplus. Lines to be steam worked but Leverhulme wanted electric working! [15: p12] [17: p110-111]

None of these schemes came to fruition.

Photographs and further information can be found in a copy of The Narrow Gauge which is available online. [15]

The Stornoway, Breasclete and Carloway Route

We noted above that construction work did commence on the lines surveyed in 1893, specifically that the trackbed was constructed “and, for the first two or three miles out of Stornoway now forms the A858 road, while the rest of the route is an unclassified road to Breasclete.” [15: p12] It should be noted that the unclassified road follows the planned railway to Carloway as well as to Breasclete and is known as the Pentland Road.

It is nigh impossible to establish the location of the Stornoway terminus from this limited information. Given that modern roads follow the formation of the planned railway route it is quite easy to follow the routes to Breasclete and Carloway. There is, however, a specific, relevant resource held at Stornoway Public Library. It comprises 4 sheets from the 1″ Ordnance Survey 1st Edition mapping from the 1850s, that have been stuck together, with the route itself annotated on top. A digital version of this map has been made available by the National Library of Scotland (NLS). [18] Please note that after navigating to the correct webpage, it will be necessary to scroll down to find the annotated map.

The proposed railway “was planned to connect Carloway and Breasclete on the west coast with Stornoway. Work began on the scheme, but ran into economic and legal problems. Although the railway was never constructed, the ‘Pentland Road’, largely followed the same route, and was built instead by 1912. The road was named after John Sinclair, better known as Lord Pentland who was the Secretary for Scotland between 1905 and 1912 and who helped to secure funding for the completion of the road.” [18]

The map is made up of “four original Ordnance Survey first edition six-inch to the mile maps from the 1850s that have been stuck together, with the route itself annotated on top. … Near Carloway, there is an additional Blue line shewing route originally surveyed changed to avoid damaging arable land.” [18]

Carloway and Breasclete were the western termini of the network with the line to Breasclete appearing to be a branch line.

The extracts from the annotated 1″ Ordnance Survey of the 1850s run in sequence from Stornoway to Carloway and then from the junction to Breasclete. They are the sepia coloured map extracts. Beneath each extract from the 1″ Ordnance Survey is the 2nd Edition 6″ Ordnance Survey from around the turn of the 20th century. These extracts precede the construction of the Pentland Road but show the route the road(s) will take as a dotted track.

Modern satellite imagery is then provided alongside some Streetview images to show the built roads which were completed in 1912 and which are still in use in the 21st century.

There is some doubt over the route of the line approaching and entering Stornoway. Two possibilities with supporting drawings start our look at the line. …

Stornoway to Carloway

Close to Stornoway the alignment of the planned, but never built, railway is not certain. The first possibility is shown immediately below. This takes the mapping provided by the NLS. … [18] The second alternative was discovered by ‘Tom’ in the National Archives at Kew and highlighted on his blog. [53][54]

First, the NLS supplied drawings from the Stornoway Public Library. …

The most easterly length of the proposed railway is shown turning South into Stornoway but no indication is given of the planned terminus. [18]
A closer focus from the 6″ OS mapping shows a road following the line of the proposed railway. That road appears to predate the planned railway and it is possible that the line would have run within the road width or on the verge. [19]
Willowglen Road first runs North-northwest, then turns through Northwest and West before leaving Stornoway in a West-southwest direction. It is not clear where the Stornoway terminus of the line was expected to be, perhaps to the West of the modern A857 on the portion of Willowglen Road which runs North-northwest from its junction with the A857? [Google Maps, July 2025]
Looking North-northwest along Willowglen Road. Rather than this road being built on the line of the planned railway it is likely that the line would have run on the verge of what may well have been a narrower highway at the end of the 19th century. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Now heading West-northwest, the width of the modern Willowglen Road accommodates the planned railway route. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Further West with Willowglen Road now heading in a West-southwest direction. The older road may well have been narrower than the modern road and could have accommodated a railway on its verge. [Google Streetview, September 2024]

Second, the alternative alignment for the East end of the line which appears in documents at the National Archives. [53][54]

The Hebridean Light Railway Company, a blog by ‘Tom’ includes this photograph of a plan from the National Archive at Kew.This plan matches the plan provided by the NLS throughout the length of the line with the exception of the eastern end of the line. [54]

This image shows the eastern end of the line at Stornoway. The route takes a line to the North of what is now Willowglen Road, and to the North of what was Manor Farm, now the Cabarfeidh Hotel, then swinging in a wide arc round the East side of Stornoway before running across the South of the town. [54]

The superimposed red line is a diagrammatic representation of the route, but it does have some resonance with the later temporary railway built by Robert McAlpine & Co. which is covered towards the end of this article. It does however match with other papers in the bundle which ‘Tom’ discovered in the National Archives. …

A very low resolution photograph of the plan of the proposed railway around Stornoway. This is a match for the red line shown above. [54]

A closer view of the last portion of the proposed line on the South side of Stornoway. This compares well with the 6″ Ordnance Survey extract below. It shows that the plan was for the line to terminate at the West end of South Beach Quay. [54]

An extract from the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1895, published 1899. [55]

The remainder of the route to the West of Stornoway. …..

The red line is the line of the 1893 survey. [18]
There is a short section – the hypotenuse of a triangle formed by two roads – at the surveyed line which at the turn of the century was no more than a track along the line of the planned railway. There was then a section of road to the South of Mary Hill before the surveyed route separated from existing roads at the East end of Loch Airidh na Lic. [20]
The same area as shown in the map extracts above. [Google Maps, July 2025]
This photograph looks from Willowglen Road down the first length of the planned railway route which was independent of existing roads. The planned railway would have run ahead down the centre of the image. A lane can be seen to the right side of Willowglen Road which leads onto the old railway route as shown below. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The first length of road built over the line of the planned railway making use of the civil engineering work undertaken before the railway scheme was abandoned. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The A858 enters this photograph from the left and turns left to run directly ahead of the camera. From this point onwards the road which is now the A858 was built over the line of the railway which was not completed. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The view West along the A858 and therefore also along the line of the intended railway. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Further West, another West-facing view along the lines of the planned railway. [Google Streetview, September
The route of the planned railway ran along the South shore of Loch Airidh na Luv. [18]
The formation for the planned railway can be seen following the surveyed route. [21]
The same area as it appears on Google Maps. [Google Maps, July 2025]
Looking West along the A858 which is built on the line of the planned railway. Loch Airidh na Luv is on the right of the photograph. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Further West along the A858, also looking West. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The route surveyed continued West along the South side of Amhuinn a’ Ghlinn Mhoir. [18]
The formation follows the surveyed route. [22]
The same area as it appears on 21st century satellite imagery. [Google Maps, July 2025]
Looking West at the third point from the right of the satellite image above. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Looking West at the third point from the right of the satellite image above. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The surveyed route then switches to the North shore of Loch Vatandip. [18]
The track follows the surveyed route, bridging Allt Greidaig just East of Loch Vatandip. [23]
The same area in the 21st century. The A858 turns away from the surveyed line of the railway and the Pentland Road begins. [Google Maps, July 2025]
Looking West at the road junction the images above. The A858 bears away to the left, the Pentland Road continues ahead and bears to the right. [Google Streetview, September 2025]
The loch on the left is Loch Vatandip. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Further West along the single track Pentland Road, looking West. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The surveyed route ran West-northwest  above the North shore of the loch. [18]
While the surveyed line is straight on the map extract above, the line of the track shows a minor deviation as it heads West-northwest between Loch Vatandip and Loch Mor a Chocair. [24]
The same area in the 21st century, the same minor deviation in the alignment of the Pentland Road. [Google Maps, July 2025]
The same minor deviation in the road alignment seen from the East. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The surveyed route continues on the same bearing. [18]
The track on the formation of the proposed railway matches the survey, passing to the South of Loch Beig a Chocair and bridging two streams – Loch a Chocair and the Greta River (or the River Creed). It seems that work on the railway extended to the construction of bridges ready for the final addition of the rails.  [25]
The same length of road in the 21st century. [Google Maps, July 2025]
The first of two bridges on this length of road, built for the railway that never arrived! [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The second of those bridges, also seen from the East. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
This is the first of four map extracts where the original survey route is shown in blue. The red line being that which was used. No reason for this alteration is provided. [18]
Small culverts or pipes are not marked on the OS mapping but there must be one over Allt a’ Bhiorachan at the left of this map extract and possibly two other smaller culverts or pipes close to the centre of the extract. [26]
Having checked each of the three locations where streams run under the surveyed route which is now a road, there is no visible structure, so there is probably no more than a drainage pipe at each location. [Google Maps, July 2025]
The surveyed route has now turned slightly to run East-West, before turning West-northwest again to the North of Loch an Tobair. [18]
It seems that the final alignment of the earthworks prepared for the railway was, over the first half of this extract, North of either of the marked survey lines. A further culvert/pipe must have been provided for the stream flowing South into Loch an Tobair. [27]
The same area in the 21st century. [Google Maps, July 2025]
No sign of a structure at the point where the feed to Loch an Tobair passes under the road so a drainage pipe must suffice. The wide open skies on Lewis are amazing! [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Now back on an West-northwest alignment, the original survey line (blue) and that deemed to have actually been used (red) run in parallel. [18]
The same length as it appears on the 6″ OS mapping at the turn of the 20th century. No bridges are marked at the crossing point of the two streams which suggests that smaller culverts or drainage pipes were used. [28]
The same area in the 21st century. [Google Maps, July 2025]
The first (most easterly) drainage ditch crosses the line at this location, a pipe of some sort must pass under the road. [Google Streetview September 2024]
At the second (more westerly) location, standing water is visible to the South of the road, drainage from North to South must be by a pipe. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The two surveyed routes come together again North of the East end of Loch an Laoigh. [18]
Three gravel pits are marked along this length of the formation. No bridges are marked so culverts must have been employed for the two watercourses. The track appears to run a little to the North of the surveyed alignment. [29]
The two streams shown on the map extracts above. Both show water downstream of the road, one appears to have a corrugated plastic pipe under the road. [Google Maps, July 2025]
The location of the more easterly watercourse seen looking West: a plastic pipe can be seen to the left of the road. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Drainage water can be seen to the left of the road in this West-facing view at the location of the more westerly watercourse. No drainage pipe is visible from the road. [
The proposed junction with the line to Breasclete heading West-southwest and that to Carloway heading Northwest. [18]
The linto Carloway heads Northwest and crosses Allt Mhic Ille Chetheir. [30]
The junction: Breasclete is to the East and Carloway to the Northwest. [Google Maps, July 2025]
The junction seen from the Southeast. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The road to Carloway: both arms of the road are called Pentland Road. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The proposed line ran to the West of a group of three lochans – Loch Mor a Ghrianain, Loch Beag a Ghrianain and Loch an Fheoir. [18]
Continuing Northwest the planned line to Carloway crossed Allt nan Lochanan Traighte and ran passed a small quarry which was not marked on the 1″ mapping of the 1850s. [31]
The modern road continues to follow the planned railway route. Google Maps, July 2025]
The road travels on a causeway with drainage ditches on each shoulder. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The surveyed route curves around the top of Loch Laxavat (Lacsabhat) Ard. [18]
A larger area than shown on the survey sheet above which shows clearly a relatively tight curve on the alignment of the railway formation to the Northeast of the Loch. [32]
This satellite image matches the area shown on the extract from the 1″ Ordnance Survey of the 1850s. [Google Maps, July 2025]
The road follows the planned railway route curving to the left to avoid higher ground. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Then curving to the right around a rock outcrop. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The tight curve mentioned in the notes about the extract from the 6″ OS mapping above appears towards the bottom-right of this extract from the survey plans. [18]
This 6″ OS extract takes the line to a point just to the West of the River Ohagro which feeds onto the North of Loch Laxavat Ard. It will be noted that there is a break in the embankments built for the proposed railway where a bridge would have been placed over the river. A short diversion provides access by means of a ford across the river. The ‘as built’ looks NE of embankments do not follow the survey to the East of the River Ohagro. [33]
A similar area to that shown on the 6″ Ordnance Survey. [Google Maps, July 2025]
The road can be seen undulating ahead, possibly foreshortening exaggerates this effect. The 6″Ordnance Survey shows that embankments were constructed at the end of the 19th century. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The bridge over the River Ohagro which feeds into Loch Laxavat Ard. This bridge was not constructed as part of the railway contact and had to be built as part of the construction of the Pentland Road early in the 1910s. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Another culvert takes the line over the Allt nan Cnocan Dubh. [18]
This next extract from the 6″ Ordnance Survey takes the track beyond Conan Dubh to approximately the same point on the surveyed line as the 1″ extract above. [34]
A very similar length of the road as shown in the map extracts above. [Google Maps, July 2025]
Looking Northwest along the Pentland Road at the centre of the satellite image above. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Further West the road curves round a rick outcrop on the North side of Conan Dubh. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
This next length of the survey takes the proposed line as far as Loch Thorrad. [18]
No obvious provision is made for the proposed line to cross the Allt Loch Thorrad, so a culvert or drainage pipe must be presumed. [35]
This satellite image takes us as far as Loch Thorrad (which can be seen on the North side of the road at the left side of the image. [Google Maps, July 2025]
Loch Thorrad is to the right of the road as it curves a little to the Northwest. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
From Allt Loch Thorrad onwards the line heads Northwest. [18]
After crossing the Allt Loch Thorrad the earthworks got the planned railway stay to the Northeast of the Carloway River. One tributary to the Carloway is crossed as the proposed line headed Northwest. [36]
The road now follows the valley of the River Carloway. [Google Maps, July 2025]
This and the next image show the road following the planned railway route alongside the River Carloway. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The road picks its way between rock outcrops and the river. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The earthworks remain on the Northeast side of the Carloway River for most of this length. [18]
The same length of the proposed railway. The Carloway River stays on the Southwest side of the river until the top-left of this extract, where the line crosses the River. One stream is culverted under the railway. [37]
We are relatively close to Carloway: the road follows the Northwest bank of Carloway River before the river passes under the road near the top-left of this satellite image. [Google Maps, July 2025]
This and the next image are two photographs showing the Carloway River meandering around close to the road. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Buildings at the edge of the village of Carloway can just now be picked out in the distance e. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Looking Northwest along the Pentland Road over the bridge carrying the road over the Carloway River which flows left to right under the bridge. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Two alternative alignments for the proposed railway appear again close to Carloway. The original surveyed route is shown by the blue line. The planned route was moved so as to avoid the better farmland. [18]
Track which follows the formation of the planned railway crosses Gil Fasgro and runs immediately adjacent to the Carloway River. [38]
The Pentland Road runs down towards Carloway following approximately the red line from the survey. Google Maps, July 2025]
At the junction in the bottom-right of the satellite image the Pentland Road heads North following the river valley. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The Pentland Road runs alongside the Carloway River. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Closer to Carloway and still alongside the River. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
On the right of the image the Heidagul River joins the Carloway River and from this point on the combined stream is known as the Heidagul River. Google Streetview, September 2024]
The final length of the survey shows the revised alignment (in red) close to the river and crossing the Carloway River close to Carloway Bridge. The surveyed route extends as far as the pier a Borraston, Dunan Pier. [18]
The last length of the Carolway line as recorded in the bundle from the National Archives that ‘Tom’ discovered and wrote about on his blog. [54]
This extract from the 6″ Ordnance Survey of the turn of the 20th century covers a similar area as the 1″ map extract above. The pier can be seen bottom-left. The line of the planned railway is less clear from the 6″ OS in Carloway but becomes much clearer on Google Streetview images as it follows the North shore of the estuary. [39]
The 21st century satellite imagery highlights.more clearly the route of the planned railway and what became the Pentland Road through to the Dunan Pier near Borraston. Of particular interest is the arrangement of structures close to Carloway Bridge. A bridge over the Heidagul River and a bridge which now carries road over road will both have been built as part of the aborted railway works. [Google Maps, July 2025]
This view shows the two structures noted above. The masonry arch structure is Carloway Bridge which carries the modern A858. The bridge over the river in the foreground was built for the railway as was the bridge which carries the A858 over Pentland Road. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The bridge over the Heidagul River built for the planned railway, seen from Carloway Bridge. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
A closer view from the East of the bridge built to carry the road over the railway that never was! [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Looking back East towards the two bridges carrying the A858 in Carloway. [Google Streetview, September 2024]

The next seven images form a sequence showing the last length of the route to the pier at Borraston. Note the causeway in the third image which will have been built for the railway. …

The pier at Dunan near Borraston. [All seven images: Google Streetview, September 2024]
Dunan Pier was the end of the line: shown here in an extract from the 6″ Ordnance Survey 2nd Edition from the end of the 19th century. [49]

The Junction to Breasclete

The surveyed route of the branch line to Breasclete curved round the North side of Loch an Tairbeart nan Cleiteichan and Loch an Tuim. [18]
The track which appears on the 6″ OS mapping from the turn of the 20th century takes a single radius curve a little to the North of the surveyed alignment. [30]
The single track road built on the earthworks of the abortive railway project curves round the North side of Loch an Tairbeart nan Cleiteichan and Loch an Tuim. It is a smooth curve as shown on the 6″ Ordnance Survey from the turn of the 20th century. [Google Maps, July 2025]
The road to Breasclete is also called Pentland Road. It heads away to the left of th. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The surveyed route then turns to a Westerly alignment South of an unnamed lochan and across the North end of Loch na Ba Buidhe. [18]
Another small quarry sits on the North side of the track. Presumably the small quarries at intervals along each of the planned railway routes were used to supply stone for embankments along the formation. [40]
The same length of the road. [Google Maps, July 2025]
The view West from the centre of the satellite image above. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The surveyed route ran across the North side of Loch na Ba Buidhe, Loch a Ghainmheich and Loch Avaster (Amhaster), turning to head West-southwest. [18]
The same area as it appears on the 6″ Ordnance Survey from the turn of the 20th century. [41]
The same area in the 21st century. [Google Maps, July 2025]
Looking West from the centre of the satellite image above. Loch a Ghainmheich is on the left . [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Continuing in a Southwesterly direction, the surveyed route ran on the North side of Loch na Beinne Bige. [18]
A similar area as it appeared at the end of the 19th century. The track following the built formation for the railway follows the surveyed alignment closely but turns away from it to the left of this map extract. [42]
The same area as shown on the 6″ Ordnance Survey extract above. [Google Maps, July 2025]
Allt Glas flows under the road, presumably in a drainage pipe, twice the first of these locations is shown here. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Allt Glas flows under the road again although it appears to both pass under the road and to have found a path on the North side of the road. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Allt Bealach na Beinne also passes under the road, Allt Glas joins it on the left of this photograph. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Looking West-southwest along Pentland Road, Loch Na Beinne Bige is on the left. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
The final length of the surveyed route for the planned railway. Two alignments are shown, the original (in blue), the revised (in red). [18]
This extract comes form the documents held by the National Archives and photographed by ‘Tom’ for his blog as noted below. [54]
The track which follows the prepared formation for the planned railway passes to the North of both of the surveyed routes as it runs through the village of Breasclete, regaining the red surveyed alignment to the West of the village and running through to the pier. [43]
A very similar area to that shown on the 6″ OS map extract above. [Google Maps, July 2025]
Facing West-southwest approaching the crossroads in Breasclete. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Continuing West-southwest along Pentland Road towards the pier at Breasclete. #[Google Streetview, September 2024]
The second crossroads in Breasclete. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Approaching the pier at Breasclete. [Google Streetview, September 2024]

We have followed the two lines that almost got built on Lewis. sadly, lack of funding resulted in a project that was quite well advanced, being abandoned. As noted, the earthworks were later (1912) used to create the single track Pentland Road which appears in many of the modern images above. There remains some uncertainty over whether the early construction works were designed first for a railway or were just designed as an easily graded public road. [50] It is possible that some construction work for a road was undertaken but the National Archives hold plans for a railway dated to the same period, predating the construction of the Pentland Road which was not completed until 1912. [53]

The plans, which include proposals for railways on Skye and on Lewis were accessed by ‘Tom’ in preparing for a modelling project centred on these intended railways. This image comes from an early blog. [53] The images relating to Lewis come from a later blog. [54]

Lord Leverhulme’s Planned Railway Station, Stornoway

Lord Leverhulme was very interested in town planning, The National Library of Scotland has on its website, a town plan of Stornoway drafted by James Lomax-Simpson, Leverhulme’s godson and also his chief architect at Port Sunlight. The plan is entitled, ‘Port Sunlight plan of Stornoway, showing proposed lay-out’ and is dated 16th July 1919. It is 710 mm x 710 mm in size. The plan is included on the website, courtesy of The Stornoway Trust. [44]

Simpson took charge of the Architectural Department of Lever Brothers from 1910 and he was made a director in 1917. In his role as Company Architect, he worked in over twenty-five different countries around the World, but he also carried out much work for Lever himself, including alterations and additions to Lews Castle. The plan also illustrates part of Leverhulme’s ambitious ideas for redeveloping Stornoway along garden city lines, with new suburbs, broad avenues, circuses, and open spaces. The new planned railways, that were part of the wider plans for the economic transformation of Lewis, curve in and down to the Harbour on the eastern side of the town. Existing roads are shown with dashed lines. In places, ‘Parlour Cottages’ were planned, which had been constructed at Port Sunlight, as larger ‘Arts and Crafts’ residences for working families with a parlour at ground-floor level. Although visionary and ambitious, some of the new planned streets would have demolished much of the original old town. Over time, the plans were subsequently altered, shown as annotations on top of the original plan. Some construction began along these lines in the 1920s, but economic difficulties and considerable opposition to Leverhulme’s plans by the islanders curtailed developments, and the schemes were largely abandoned by 1923.” [44]

Small extracts from the plan are included here. They show a proposed railway station close to the Harbour on the East side of the town. Each of the three extracts is paired with the ESRI satellite imagery provided by the NLS. …

The proposed station location with the main station building facing out onto a circus/roundabout close to the harbour. [44]
A double track line was planned Northeast from the station. [44]
The detail becomes more sparse further Northeast. [44]

These plans did not see the light of day!

Goat Island

Lord Leverhulme’s plans included the construction of a causeway to link Goat Island to the mainland and the provision of additional quays on the West side of the island. He expected to provide a light railway along the causeway to link his Cannery and associated industries to the quays. John & Margaret Gold provide a plan showing Leverhulme’s intentions for Stornoway and Goat Island. [45: p200]

John & Margaret Gold comment that in Leverhulme’s Plan: “An industrial area was located in the east of the town. Goat Island would act as home base for the MacLine Drifters and Trawler fleet and was joined to the mainland by a causeway. The ice plant and cannery were situated inland near the site of the existing fish-oil and guano works. A light railway would connect them with the quays. There were tweed mills, electricity generating plant, a laundry and a dairy to take the increased output from the east coast farms. Between the industrial area and the residential districts was the railway station serving both freight and passenger purposes.” [45: p200]

Lord Leverhulme’s Development Plan for Stornoway: the railway line noted in the paragraphs about Stornoway’s railway station can be seen to the right of centre. The light railway planned to serve Goat Island is shown in the bottom-right of this map. [45: p200]
Goat Island in 1895 as it appeared on the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1895, published in 1899. [46]

It would not be until after the Second World War, in 1947, that the causeway was built. It was 2,030 feet in length. Work undertaken that year also included the construction of an embankment to the south of the causeway; the construction of the Slipway and a jetty at Goat Island; the demolition of No. 3 Pier. The work was authorised by The Stornoway Harbour Order Confirmation Act, 1947. [48]

Goat Island and causeway  as they appeared on the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1958. [47]
Goat Island and Causeway in the 21st century. [Google Earth, July 2025]
The causeway to Goat Island. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Goat Island seen from the causeway. [Google Streetview, September 2024]

While the causeway was built, the railways were not!

The Branahuie Railway (3ft-gauge)

One line that did get built on Lewis in Lord Leverhulme’s time was a 3ft-gauge line built by “Sir Robert McAlpine and Co. for the Harris & Lewis Welfare Development Co. Ltd. (a company owned by Lord Leverhulme) – part of a £345,000 contract to build the canning factory, roads and houses. … [It] was in operation by 1920 when the first loco arrived – [that] was McAlpine’s Loco No 34, an 0-4-0ST built by Hudswell Clarke (Works No 1037) in 1913 and delivered to McAlpine’s Pontstycill Reservoir contract near Merthyr Tydfil in South Wales. It carried the plant number 778 when it arrived but that had changed to 606 by the time it left in 1923 moving to the Maentwrog reservoir contract in North Wales. It then worked on other contracts until it was sold for scrap to George Brothers in 1956. The second loco to work on the line was another 0-4-0ST built by Hudswell Clarke in 1901 (Works No 597). It was new to Newcastle & Gateshead Water Co Ltd at Whittledean reservoir carrying the name ‘PONT’. It was sold back to Hudswell Clarke who resold it to McAlpines in 1906 on their Culter reservoir contract. It arrived at Stornoway as Plant No 1780 in 1920 leaving on 25th May 1923 as Plant No 813. Last recorded as being for sale at McAlpine’s Ellesmere Port depot in 1929.” [8]

A first reference was made to the Branahuie line in the Highland News on 15th May 1919 when Sir Robert MacAlpine & Son wrote to the Council seeking permission to lay a light railway from Manor Farm to Goathill Road crossing public roads at three different places. Gates and fences were included in the scheme which received Council permission. In June 1919, MacAlpine applied for permission to lay a water main at Manor Farm to supply water to engines. This was agreed at charge of £5 per annum. [15: p12]

One of two steam locomotives that was gainfully employed on the Branahuie Railway. Sir Robert McAlpine & Sons No. 12, © Public Domain courtesy of the collection of J. A. Peden. [15: p13]

Jolly records these details: “The line was some five miles long and was used for the construction of Leverhulme’s Cannery, from where it ran northwards past Goathill and Manor Farm (Coulregrein), where there was a watering point, to the Town Council’s Dormitory Quarry beneath the War Memorial. This line ran around the then outskirts of the town and much has been built over. Another line ran south from the cannery to the locomotive shed (also now built over). From here another line ran eastwards across the fields to Sandwick, then for 2.5/3 miles beside the A866 to the beach at Branahuie. The evenly graded trackbed is very distinct alongside the undulating road on this section. A shallow cutting can also be seen on the northern line. … At least two steam locos were used on the contract by MacAlpines.” (15: p12]

Jolly provides this drawing of the route of the 3ft-gauge contractor’s railway. It is schematic in nature and not to scale. Manor Farm and Goat Hill Farm appear to the Northeast of Stornoway and of the line. The Cannery is marked, as is the Loco Shed. The line to Branahuie is also shown. I have not been able to find any greater detail as to the route of the line than the text description of the route above. [15: p9]

Jolly continues: “The cannery was completed in late 1921 or early 1922, and at the end of May 1922, the “Contract Journal carried an advertisement: ‘For sale-railway track and plant inc. two 3ft gauge locos Hudswell Clarke, … built 1901 and 1913, and 59 wagons 3ft gauge, 34 wagons 2ft gauge. Plant will be handed over to purchasers FAS (free aboard ship) Glasgow-Lewis & Harris Welfare & Development Co., Bebington, Nr. Birkenhead’. Only two locomotives fit this description: Hudswell Clarke 597/1901 was delivered new to the Newcastle & Gateshead Water Co, and was later used by McAlpine on the Motherwell Corporation Culter Waterworks contract between 1903 and 1906. Its later history is not known for certain. The later machine, Hudswell Clarke 1037/1913, was supplied to McAlpine for work on the Pontstycil reservoir between 1913 and 1917. It was subsequently used on the Maentwrog Hydro-Electric reservoir contract, near Ffestiniog, from 1924-28, and must therefore have been retained by McAlpine.” [15: p12-13]

The Route

Lord Leverhulme’s Cannery sat to the East of Stornoway town centre. Appropriately, its address was Cannery Road. The building was never used as a cannery and later became a Harris Tweed Factory.

As Jolly mentions, material for the construction contract was excavated at a quarry at Dormitory which was to the West of the War Memorial (itself to the North of the town). Jolly also mentions that the temporary railway line ran close to Manor Farm (in the 21st century the Caber feidh Hotel occupies this site). His sketch map above shows the line running to the South of Manor Farm. This suggests that the line ran close to Willowglen Road, on its North side. Assuming that this is the case then the Contractor’s railway would have crossed Percival Road South close to its junction with Willowglen Road.

There has been mention of an incline leading from a point close to the War Memorial into Stornoway which may be a remnant of the line. [8]

The area from Dormitory to Manor Farm as shown on the 6″ Ordnance Survey Second Edition. [51]
Pretty much the same area as it appears on Google Maps. [Google Maps, July 2025]
A closer view of the area around Dormitory as it appears on the 6″ Ordnance Survey from the end of the 19th century. The contractor’s railway would have run East from the quarries close to Dormitory, probably parallel to and on the North side of what would eventually become the A858 (Willowglen Road). [52]
A similar area in the 21st century. [Google Maps, July 2025]
A closer view of the area around Manor Farm as it appears on the 6″ Ordnance Survey from the end of the 19th century. The contractor’s railway would have run West-East, probably parallel to and on the North side of what would eventually become the A858 (Willowglen Road). [52]
Much the same area in the 21st century. [Google Maps, July 2025]

After crossing what is now called Percival Road South, the line crossed Macaulay Road and curved round through Goat Hill, passing the Poor House and the Hospital, running close to the pre-existing Fish Oil Works (adjacent to which Leverhulme’s Cannery was to be built). The Locomotive Shed was South and West of that location, as was a junction between the line from the quarry and the line East to Branahuie.

The line of the contractor’s railway heading East is not clear. The red-dotted line gives an idea of the possible alignment. Initially over open fields it has then been covered, by the extended cemetery at Sandwick and by housing developments. [Google Maps, July 2025]
Some field boundaries support the assumed route but there is no guarantee that this is the actual line of the contractor’s railway. At the right side of this image the line has once agin been built over. [Google Maps, July 2025]
The only indication as to the route of the line to the East of the built up area that I have been able to find is Jolly’s comment that the line ran alongside the A866. He says (above) that the line of the old railway is level while that of the road undulates. [Google Maps, July 2025]
This view East along the A866 is taken from a point a little to the East of the end of the development visible at the left of the satellite image immediately above. It is not beyond the bounds of possibility that the land immediately to the right of the road was the route of the contractor’s railway, but it does not appear as though the highway undulates as much as Jolly suggests. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Further to the East, a relatively slight gradient is evident in the road but there is little evidence of an old railway formation alongside the road. [Google Streetview, September 2024]
Jolly has the remaining length of the contractor’s railway to Branahuie continuing along the South side of the A866. [Google Maps, July 2025]

It is entirely possible that the road now evident in the 21st century is not that which was present in the 1920s. It is very likely that the road to Branahuie was a single track road in the 1920s and that the widening of the road has covered the formation from the contractor’s railway line.

Stornoway Waterworks Railway (2ft-gauge)

Since the 1870s Stornoway’s water supply had come from Loch Airigh na Lic, about two miles west of the town, but by the mid-1930s this was proving insufficient for the population of around 5000 which was swelled by four or five hundred herring drifters operating out of the port during the season. Loch Mor an Stairr, five miles north-west of the town, was chosen to augment the supply as it was free from pollution and some distance from public roads. The exit from the Loch was between peat banks some 65ft apart, and it was across this that a concrete dam, 92ft long, was constructed. Pipes led at different levels to a small valve house on the north bank of the outlet stream, and a 9inch main then connect[ed] to the filter houses beside the main road.” [15: p8]

The Waterworks Railway. Another small extract  [15: p9]

The work was facilitated by the construction of a 2ft-gauge railway line.

A Simplex locomotive was used on the Stornoway Waterworks Railway. This locomotive was a 20hp model built by Motor Rail Ltd. It operated on the 2-foot gauge line that served the Stornoway Waterworks. Its Works No. is not known. One source suggests No. 110U082 but the records at the Apedale Valley Light Railway have that works number attributed to a 3ft-gauge locomotive at the Bo’ness & Kinneil Rly. [10] It is worth noting that the Almond Valley Light Railway has a 2ft 6in-gauge example. [11]

The Stornoway Waterworks Railway was built in the 1930s and ran for approximately 1.5 miles between Stornoway Waterworks and Loch Mòr an Stàirr. It was used to transport materials during the conversion of the loch into a reservoir for the waterworks and for subsequent maintenance works. It was closed by the 1960s. [12][13]

Writing about the locomotive and the construction work in 1982, Ian B. Jolly states: “The Contractor for the dam and pipeline was G. Mackay & Son. of Edinburgh, who started work on the dam in 1935. Their work was completed mid-1936 when the pipeline was connected direct to the town’s mains – the filter house and covered reservoirs were completed within the next few years. … A locomotive-worked narrow gauge tramway was used by MacKay & Son to construct the dam. Rock was excavated and crushed in a small quarry east of the main road. across which it was transferred by lorry to the tramway terminus. Stone and other materials were then carried by rail to the site of the dam. The railway was left in-situ and used by Stornoway Town Council for maintenance of the dam for many years. The loco, a 20 h.p. bow-framed model built by the Motor Rail & Tramcar Company of Bedford, was in use until at least 1940 when Mr Alex Macleod, the fitter who maintained it. was called up for military service. By 1943 the engine had been removed and it had been reduced to a frame and wheels. in which form it is believed to have been in use, pushed by hand, until the early 1960’s as the line’s only item of rolling stock. The loco frame is now [1982] very delapidated and derailed about half a mile from the filter house. It was originally fitted with a Dorman 2JO two-cylinder petrol engine; not the later, but similar 2JOR engine. The axleboxes have ‘W D 1918’ cast on them. whilst the loco had been fitted with the narrow pattern of brake column. This suggests that it was built during late 1918 for the War Department Light Railways, but sold directly as Government Surplus. Motor Rail’s records throw no light on its identity – the only locomotives credited to G. Mackay & Son of Edinburgh are two 40 h.p. ‘protected’ machines: LR3057 4wPM MR 1336/1918 and LR3088 4wPM MR 1367/1918. Both were in the service of MacKay by 21st June 1924. MR 1336 was later with Inns & Co Ltd, Moor Mill Pits. Colney St, Herts. and MR 1367 was with Thomson & Brown Bros Ltd, of Edinburgh by 16th February 1933. There is no mention of a 20 h.p. loco but MacKay was obviously no stranger to Motor Rail & Tramcar Company products.” [15: p9]

Jolly further notes that “Rolling stock on the line at the time of the dam construction consisted of nine one-cubic-yard skips, a mixture of side and end tippers. The derelict remains of several [could in 1982] be seen at the foot of the bank beneath the filter house, one being a single end tipper. The axle boxes [were] marked ‘Du Croo & Brauns’ – the Dutch firm of railway equipment suppliers. … Most of the track from the roadside terminus to just beyond the loco [had by 1982] been removed without authority – probably for fencing posts! However, the track layout [could] be traced because the turnouts [had in 1982] been left in place. These [were] rivetted to corrugated steel sleepers, whilst the remaining track [was] spiked to wooden sleepers or clipped to corrugated steel sleepers.” [15: p11]

Of further interest, is the significant variation in rail cross-section and weight (between 14lb and 20lb per yard).  Jolly also notes that, “On the lengths of prefabricated track where the rails [were tied accurately to gauge, three distinct gauges [could] be measured – 2ft, 60cm (1ft 11.5/8in) and 1ft 11½ in! The loco wheels [were] set to 60cm gauge.” [15: p11]

In 1982, only minimal earthworks were evident, with track following the undulation of the land but, says Jolly, “there is a rise of just over 25 feet from one end of the line to the other. The track terminates near the dam without so much as a buffer stop or siding. The remains of the loco and line will probably survive for many years to come, as scrapmen are unknown in the Outer Hebrides.” [15: p11]

Loch Mòr an Stàirr as shown on the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1960. The railway/tramway is shown on the North side of the Amhuinn a’ Ghlinne watercourse, approaching the loch from the Southeast. [9]
This next extract from the Ordnance Survey of 1960 shows the tramway/railway approaching the Waterworks. [9]
This photograph was taken on the line of the Waterworks Railway, © Claire Pegrum and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [12]
This photograph was also taken on the line of the Waterworks Railway, © Claire Pegrum and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [13]

Another photograph which shows remains of point work close to the Waterworks can be seen on the Railscot.co.uk website. [14]

Other Railways?

Jolly comments: “There appear to have been three other industrial railways in Lewis, lain D.A. Frew referred to the horse-worked system on the outskirts of Stornoway. This served the factory of the Lewis Chemical Co, promoted in the late nineteenth century to extract paraffin-oil from peat by a patent process. Garrabost Brickworks, about 8 miles east of Stornoway) is reputed to have had a short line. The brickworks is shown on the 1852 6in map but no railway, and the 1897 edition shows the works as ‘disused claypit. We were also told of Marybank Quarry, west of Stornoway, where there was a hand worked line from the rockface about 100 yards to the crusher. The quarry was operated in the few years before the last war by William Tawse of Aberdeen.” [15]

Other lines are referred to in a blog about the island accessed through the BBC website. The blog is entitled ‘Arnish Lighthouse’ and includes these words. … “Lewis did have railways, around the turn of the 19th/20th century. There was a railway from the quarry at Bennadrove to Stornoway. Posts related to this track can still be found in the Castle Grounds, opposite the Caberfeidh Hotel. … A trackbed was laid near Garrabost in Point, but a railway was never built.” [56]

I have not yet been able to find anything further about any of these short lines. There is an active quarry at Bennadrove. This is not far from Marybank

This final satellite image shows the relative locations of Marybank and Bennadrove to the West of Stornoway. It also encompasses most of the different line referred to in the immediate vicinity of Stornoway. [Google Maps, July 2025]

Records

Plans illustrating the surveyed railway routes proposed by Lord Leverhulme can be accessed at Tasglann nan Eilean Siar, the Hebridean Archives. [6]

References

  1. Roger Hutchinson; The Soap Man: Lewis, Harris and Lord Leverhulme; Birlinn, Edinburgh, 2003 (latest reprint 2017).
  2. https://stornowayfacilities.weebly.com/lord-leverhulmes-tenure-and-legacy-1918-1923.html, accessed on 19th June 2025.
  3. https://www.designingbuildings.co.uk/wiki/Lord_Leverhulme_on_Lewis_and_Harris, accessed on 19th June 2025.
  4. Halliday Sutherland; Arches of the Years; Geoffrey Bles, London, 1933.
  5. https://www.bbc.co.uk/scotland/islandblogging/blogs/005132/0000008950.shtml, accessed on 19th June 2025.
  6. http://ica-atom.tasglann.org.uk/index.php/map-of-lewis-and-north-harris-with-fishing-estates-around-garynahine-to-carloway-marked-in-colour-and-surveyed-railway-system, accessed on 19th June 2025.
  7. David Spaven & Julian Holland; Mapping the Railways; Times Books, London, 2012.
  8. https://hlrco.wordpress.com/scottish-narrow-gauge/proposed-lines/leverburgh-branahuie-railway, accessed on 20th June 2025. (See the comments made by Ian Jolly on 24th September 2013)
  9. https://maps.nls.uk/view/76344155, accessed on 29th June 2025.
  10. https://www.simplex.avlr.org.uk/existing%20simplexes.htm, accessed on 29th June 2025.
  11. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Almond_Valley_Light_Railway, accessed on 29th June 2025.
  12. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/6217818, accessed on 29th June 2025.
  13. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/6217804, accessed on 29th June 2025.
  14. https://railscot.co.uk/img/35/600, accessed on 29th June 2025.
  15. Ian B. Jolly; Hebridean Adventure; The Narrow Gauge No. 97, Autumn 1982, p8-14; via https://www.ngrs.org/downloads/TNG.1-100/tng97-autumn-1982.pdf, accessed on 29th June 2025.
  16. A. C. O’Dell & Kenneth Walton; Highlands and Islands of Scotland; Thomas Nelson & Sons, London, 1963.
  17. Nigel Nicolson; Lord of the Isles; Weidenfeld and Nicolson, London, 1960, (published in paperback by Acair Ltd., Stornoway, 2005).
  18. https://maps.nls.uk/projects/stornoway/index-en.html#layer=9, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  19. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.6&lat=58.21875&lon=-6.39236&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=93, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  20. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.4&lat=58.22270&lon=-6.40823&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=93, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  21. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.4&lat=58.22136&lon=-6.43868&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=93, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  22. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.4&lat=58.21899&lon=-6.46359&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=93, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  23. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.4&lat=58.21559&lon=-6.48359&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=93, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  24. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.4&lat=58.21435&lon=-6.51529&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=93, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  25. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.4&lat=58.22152&lon=-6.53815&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=93, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  26. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.7&lat=58.22122&lon=-6.56470&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=93, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  27. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.6&lat=58.22118&lon=-6.59031&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=93, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  28. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.6&lat=58.22295&lon=-6.61322&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=93, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  29. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.8&lat=58.22739&lon=-6.63937&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=93, accessed on 2nd July 2025.
  30. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.2&lat=58.23321&lon=-6.66554&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=64, accessed on 2nd July 2025.
  31. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.2&lat=58.23920&lon=-6.67022&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=64, accessed on 2nd July 2025
  32. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.0&lat=58.24937&lon=-6.68719&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 2nd July 2025.
  33. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.1&lat=58.24991&lon=-6.69284&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 2nd July 2025.
  34. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.3&lat=58.25347&lon=-6.70561&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 2nd July 2025.
  35. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.6&lat=58.25864&lon=-6.72145&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95 , accessed on 2nd July 2025.
  36. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.3&lat=58.26459&lon=-6.73542&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 2nd July 2025.
  37. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.6&lat=58.27161&lon=-6.74811&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 2nd July 2025.
  38. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.6&lat=58.28025&lon=-6.76040&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 2nd July 2025.
  39. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.9&lat=58.28236&lon=-6.77484&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 2nd July 2025.
  40. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.0&lat=58.22770&lon=-6.68319&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 2nd July 2025.
  41. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.7&lat=58.22450&lon=-6.70241&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 2nd July 2025.
  42. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.9&lat=58.22126&lon=-6.72278&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 2nd July 2025.
  43. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.8&lat=58.21871&lon=-6.74460&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 2nd July 2025.
  44. https://maps.nls.uk/projects/stornoway/geo-en.html#zoom=13.0&lat=58.21500&lon=-6.37000&layer=10, accessed on 3rd July 2025. (Once on the correct webpage, please scroll down to the relevant map, dated 1919).
  45. John R. Gold & Margaret M. Gold; To Be Free and Independent: Crofting, Popular Protest and Lord Leverhulme’s Hebridean Development Projects, 1917-25; in Rural History Volume 7 No. 2, 1996, p191-206; via https://acrobat.adobe.com/id/urn:aaid:sc:EU:f5cf9740-225f-4de0-ae7d-cdf4bf13d22f, accessed on 4th July 2025.
  46. https://maps.nls.uk/view/76344950, accessed on 4th July 2025.
  47. https://maps.nls.uk/view/76344944, accessed on 4th July 2025.
  48. https://www.stornowayportauthority.com/about-us/our-history, accessed on 5th July 2025.
  49. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=58.28010&lon=-6.78611&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 6th July 2025.
  50. https://www.virtualheb.co.uk/phentland-road-isle-of-lewis-western-isles, accessed on 6th July 2025.
  51. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=58.22062&lon=-6.39641&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 5th July 2025.
  52. https://maps.nls.uk/view/76344158, accessed on 5th July 2025.
  53. https://portnacailliche.blogspot.com/2010/09/post-kew-excitement.html, accessed on 6th July 2025.
  54. https://wp.me/p153uL-81, accessed on 6th July 2025.
  55. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.0&lat=58.21120&lon=-6.38465&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 6th July 2025.
  56. https://www.bbc.co.uk/scotland/islandblogging/blogs/005132/0000008950.shtml, accessed on 5th July 2025.

The Highland Railway – Part 3 – The Inverness to Aviemore Direct Line.

The featured image at the head of this article shows BR No. 54445 with an permanent way train passing Culloden Moor Viaduct travelling towards Aviemore. [54]

The Inverness and Aviemore Direct Railway was built by the Highland Railway to provide a shorter and more direct route between Inverness and Aviemore, carrying its main line traffic to Perth and the south.

Earlier articles about the Highland Railway can be found here, [7] here, [8] here, [9] here, [10] and here. [11]

The Inverness to Aviemore Direct Railway cut a significant mileage off the journey between Inverness and Aviemore, © Afterbrunel and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [1]

The original route via Forres and Dava, built by the Inverness & Perth Junction Railway (I&PJR), “ran over wild and remote terrain as far as Aviemore, and then on to Dunkeld. From there trains used the Perth and Dunkeld Railway to Stanley Junction, and from there the Scottish North Eastern Railway to Perth. This was a considerable improvement [over the only previously available route via Aberdeen], although operation of the line over the mountainous route was difficult. The traffic from east of Forres proved to be lighter than anticipated, and at the same time traffic from Inverness and from the Inverness and Ross-shire Railway became increasingly dominant. The deviation to Forres before turning south was now a serious liability.” [1]

It was also clear that the Great North of Scotland Railway (GNSR) was planning its own independent line between Elgin and Inverness and the West Highland Railway was known to be considering a line along the Great Glen connecting from Fort William to Inverness. “The Highland Railway was alarmed at both of these competitive encroachments into what it considered to be its own territory. It anticipated that Parliament would look favourably on them, if it could be shown that the Highland Railway was not taking adequate steps to improve its own line and its service to passengers and goods customers.” [1][2: p44][3: p103-104]

The solution was a new line of 34 miles running directly south from Inverness, rejoining the existing Perth line at Aviemore. This became the Inverness and Aviemore Direct Railway, informally known as the Carr Bridge line, or later the Carrbridge line. Its authorising Act of Parliament was passed on 28th July 1884.” [1][3: p104][4: p175]

As Acworth noted in 1890, the Highland Railway “could never face a Parliamentary Committee and maintain that the existing facilities to Inverness were sufficient, when it had taken no steps to supply the additional accommodation whose necessity it had itself asserted only a few years before … The construction of the new road will mean to [the Highland Railway], in the first place, a capital expenditure of some hundreds of thousands of pounds; secondly the cost of working some thirty additional miles; thirdly no additional traffic whatever; and lastly, the reduction of the passenger fares by as many pence as the new road will be shorter in miles than the old.” [1][5:p74-75]

Having received the authorisation, the Highland Railway did nothing to hasten actual construction, no doubt believing that the danger of encroachment had been staved off. In any event, for the Highland Railway this was the most important development of the decade. … The cut-off was 34 1⁄2 miles of new line between Aviemore and Inverness. For six years from obtaining the necessary Act on 28 July 1884, the company managed to stave off any real action, although by 1886 agreements about land acquisition were made with proprietors. Altogether four extensions of time to complete the line were granted: two before and two during construction.” [1][2: p44][3: p103-104]

The Inverness to Aviemore Direct Railway was opened in stages: the first, from Aviemore to Carr Bridge, opened on 8th July 1892 as a branch line operated by a tank engine, and carrying very little traffic. [1][3: p103-104] The line from Carr Bridge to Daviot opened on 19th July 1897.

The route was completed for through running by the opening between Daviot and Millburn Junction, Inverness, on 1st November 1898. [1] Ot should be noted that there is some ambiguity over the dates. [1: Note 1]

In October 1897, it was decided to install double track on the as-yet unopened section between Inverness and Daviot. This involved widening some completed single-track bridges. [1][2: p8]

The Strathnairn Viaduct was built to carry the Highland Railway to and from Inverness across Strathnairn. The designer and engineer was Murdoch Paterson. The viaduct, built on a curve, is the longest masonry viaduct in Scotland, 549 metres (1800 feet) and has 28 arches. It has been carrying trains since first opening on 1st November 1898. It is also known as Culloden Viaduct, © Anne Burgess and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence<%(CC BY-SA 2.0). [6]

The new line incorporated the Highland Railway’s second-highest summit: Slochd at 1,315 feet. The Strathnairn Viaduct near Culloden Moor is Scotland’s longest masonry viaduct at 600 yards in length; there are 29 arches. [1][3: p133-134][4: p197] Major enlargement of the track facilities was also carried out at Millburn Junction in Inverness. The total cost of the line was almost a million pounds.” [1][2: p46]

From the opening of the direct line from Aviemore… “the traffic planners had to cater for two main lines into Inverness from the south. In the summer of 1909, seven scheduled trains ran each day between Perth and Inverness. The night train from Perth left at 12.50 a.m., with sleeping car from Glasgow, and travelled via Carrbridge, arriving at 5.10 a.m. A connecting train left Aviemore for Forres at 4.00 a.m., arriving also at 5.10 a.m. Nairn passengers went on to Inverness and changed trains there. At 5 a.m. another train left Perth, conveying sleeping cars from London and through carriages from southern railways, running via Carrbridge and arriving at Inverness at 8.35 a.m. This ran only from 1 July to 11 August. Fifteen minutes later the ‘normal’ night train from London left Perth, and arrived in Inverness at 9.08 a.m. This train was also noted as conveying Sleeping Carriages Euston to Strathpeffer.” [3: p184-185]

A Forres connection left Aviemore at 8.25 a.m., arriving at 9.35 a.m. The Mail left Perth at 6.15 a.m. and reached Aviemore at 8.33 a.m. Here it divided, the direct Inverness portion arriving at 10.10 a.m., and the Grantown portion arriving in Inverness at 11.15 a.m. A Saturdays-only train left Perth at 9.25 a.m., reaching Inverness at 1.50 p.m.; its Forres connection left Aviemore at 12.45, arriving 1.56 p.m. A train for Inverness via Forres still left Perth at 11.50 a.m., running non-stop to Newtonmore, which it reached at 1.44 p.m.; Forres was reached at 3.25, and Inverness at 4.15. Only ten minutes later, the old Parliamentary left Perth, stopping at all stations (five on request only) and reaching Inverness via Carrbridge at 4:36 p.m.” [3: p185]

The Route

Inverness Railway Station was covered in the first article in this series. [7]

A single extract from the 6″ Ordnance Survey undertaken at the turn of the 20th century will suffice here. Note the Lochgorm Works at the top of the extract on either side of the loop which allowed East/West movements without trains needing to enter the station. The locomotive facilities centred on the roundhouse which can be seen on the right side of the extract. [12]
This 21st century ESRI satellite image, provided by the NLS shows that non-rail uses now sit over the site of the old locomotive shed and turntable. The basic layout of the railway infrastructure remains as does part of the Works. [12]
Heading East from Inverness Railway Station, two lines ran in parallel. Somewhat counter-intuitively the lines to Forres and beyond ran on the South side of the lines which will bear away South. [13]
Both lines continue to be used in the 21st century, although it is difficult to make out the detail on this extract from the  ESRI satellite imagery provided by the NLS. [13]
This next extract from the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1901 shows the more northerly set of lines rising up to bridge the lines to Forres. [14]
On this next extract from the ESRI satellite imagery it is slightly easier to make out the two lines. [14]
This extract from Google Maps shows the two lines crossing as they both pass under the modern A9. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Looking West from the Harbour Road Crossing along the Forres line towards Inverness Railway Station. [Google Streetview, 2022]
Looking East along the Forres line from the Harbour Road Crossing. [Google Streetview, 2022]
Harbour Road looking North. The Inverness to Aviemore Direct Railway is bridging the road. [Google Streetview, 2022]
This time looking South through the bridge. [Google Streetview, 2022]

The Inverness to Aviemore Direct Railway curves round to the Southeast.

Away from the coast line, the railway is in cutting. [18]
The modern satellite image illustrates the growth of Inverness. The presence of the A9 is a significant change to the landscape. [18]
Looking back round the curve towards Inverness Railway Station from the A96. [Google Streetview, 2023]
Looking ahead along the Inverness to Aviemore Direct Railway from the bridge carrying the A96 over the line. [Google Streetview, 2023]
For the first part of this journey along the line, each map extract overlaps with the previous extract. That is true for this and two further extracts. After that just discreet locations are featured. [15]
The same area in the 21st century. [15]
A further length of the line takes it as far as Caulfield Road North. [16]
The same length of line in the 21st century. [16]
Caulfield Road North is now National Cycle Route No. 7, this view looks Northeast along the cycleway through the bridge carrying the railway. [Google Streetview, 2022]
The line continues East, at the turn of the 20th century its route was through open fields. [17]
The same location in the 21st century. [17]

The line begins a wide curve round to the South to cross Culloden Moor. The line is initially in cutting, then on embankment and then in cutting on its approach to the site of Culloden Moor Railway Station.

The view Northeast along the railway from the bridge carrying Tower Road. [Google Streetview, 2022]
The view Northwest along Culloden Road. The railway is carried over the road on a stone arch bridge. [Google Streetview, 2022]
As the line curves around towards the Southeast it bridges a million nor road by means of another stone arch bridge.b[Google Streetview, 2022]
By the time that the line passes under the B9006 it has already run through platform faces of the old Culloden Moor Railway Station to the North side of the road. The line is, by this time, almost on a North-South alignment. This view looks back North along the line from the bridge. [Google Streetview, 2022]
Turning through 180°, this view looks South through the old station site towards the Strathnairn Viaduct (alternatively, the Nairn Viaduct or the Culloden Viaduct). [Google Streetview, 2022]
Culloden Moor Railway Station as it appears on the 6″ Ordnance Survey undertaken at the turn of the 20th century. [19]
The location of Culloden Moor Railway Station in the 21st century. [19]
The 25″ Ordnance Survey from the turn of the 20th century. The footbridge was removed when it was realised that the road bridge was perfectly adequate for pedestrian access between platforms. The railway workers’ cottage and the Stationmaster’s House are on the West side of the line. [23]

Culloden Moor railway station served the village of Culloden from 1898 to 1965 (1967 for general goods). It was a two platform station just to the north of the Nairn Viaduct. Its location was closed too to the site of the Battle of Culloden. The platforms remain but the station buildings have gone.

The roadbridge at Culloden Moor Railway Station site, seen from what was once the station forecourt. The site to the East of the railway is, in the 21st century, occupied by Iain Cowie Plant Hire and Groundworks Ltd. [Google Streetview, 2008]

Both platforms at the station had a water column, with the water tank on the northbound platform. There was a bitumen depot adjacent to the station and in later years the goods sidings at the station could be seen filled with bitumen tank wagons. The depot closed towards the end of the 20th century. [22]

Culloden Moor Railway Station just before the turn of the 20th century. This view looks South from the Northbound platform, © Public Domain, photographer not known. This image was shared on the Disused Stations Facebook Group by Brian Prevett on 27th October 2024. [24]
Culloden Moor station (remains) and Viaduct, looking towards Aviemore, Perth and the south, © Ben Brooksbank and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [21]
Bitumen tank-wagons at Culloden Moor station (site), 1986.
The camera is facing Southeast, towards Aviemore. The station was closed 3rd May 1965 (and to goods on 27th February 1967). The tank-wagons and sidings belonged to Highland Bitumen of Ardrossan, © Ben Brooksbank and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [20]

Another photograph of the station can be seen here. [25] South facing photographs of Culloden Moor Railway Station have the Culloden Viaduct appearing in the distance.

Culloden Viaduct (Nairn or Strathnairn Viaduct) as it is shown on the 6″ Ordnance Survey from the turn of the 20th century. [26]
The same viaduct as it appears on the modern ESRI satellite imagery provided by the NLS. [26]
Culloden Viaduct looking North-northwest from the minor road at the South side of the river valley. [Google Streetview, 2022]
BR steam locomotive 54445 with up permanent way train passing Culloden Moor Viaduct. It should, of course, be noted that No. 54445 was an ex-Caledonian Class 113 4-4-0 locomotive. These locomotives were classed 3P by the LMS. Introduced in 1916, these locomotives worked to a boiler pressure of 175 psi, had 20″ x 26″ cylinders and driving wheels of 6′ 6″ diameter. The locos without their tenders weighed in at 61 tons 5 cwt and produced a tractive effort of 19,833 lbs. [54][55]

The viaduct was designed by Chief Engineer Murdoch Paterson and built by The Highland Railway. Twentynine arches carry the line over the valley of the River Nairn. It opened in 1889 and it remains the longest masonry viaduct in Scotland at 1800ft (549m) long and is a Category A listed building. [27}

South of the viaduct the railway head for a short distance to the Southwest before turning Southeast as it arrives at Daviot Railway Station.

En-route the line crosses a minor road and

Looking Northeast along the next minor road to be bridged by the line. [Google Streetview, 2022]
Looking back towards Culloden from a bridge carrying the National Cycle Route No. 7 over the line. [Google Streetview, 2022]
Turning through 180° and looking forward along the line towards Daviot Railway Station with the gorse in full bloom. [Google Streetview, 2022]

Daviot Railway Station at the turn of the 20th century. The double -track line from Inverness became a single line to the Southeast of Daviot. [28]
The same location in the 21st century. [28]

Daviot Railway Station opened on 19th July 1897.Ot was, for a short time the Northern terminus of the line from Aviemore until Culloden Moor Railway Station opened in 1898. Wikipedia tells us that, “on the northbound platform was the station building and to the southwest was the goods yard. There were two signal boxes: one to the north which was built, but never opened. The other signal box was to the south in between the goods sidings. It was relocated slightly to the north in 1952. The station closed on 3rd May 1965. The signal box closed in 1969. Only the platforms remain.” [29]

Ernie’s Railway Archive has an excellent photograph of the station which can be viewed here. [30]

Moy Railway Station was further to the Southeast and is shown here in an extract from the 6″ Ordnance Survey from the turn of the 20th century. [31]
A satellite image of the same area in the 21st century. The A9 is the most significant change visible (running diagonally across the bottom third of the image). [31]

Wikipedia tells that Moy Railway Station opened on 19th July 1897. “The station building was situated on the southbound platform. Goods facilities were handled at the northeast. There were two signal boxes: north and east. Despite their names, they were both situated to the west. The station closed to both passengers and goods traffic on 3rd May 1965.” [32] The station building at Moy was of a very similar design to that at Culloden Moor and Daloit.

AmBaile has a monochrome image of the station at Moy. This image can be seen here. [34]

The modern A9 crosses the line of the railway to the East of Moy. The next two images are taken from the A9 road bridge.

Looking back along the railway from the A9 overbridge towards Moy. [Google Streetview, June 2022]
Looking forward towards Tomatin from the A9 overbridge. [Google Streetview, June 2022]

Further Southeast we teach Tomatin Railway Station. …

The next station along the line was Tomatin Railway Station. [33]
The same area in the 21st century. [33]

AmBaile has a few photographs of Tomatin station. These can be seen here, [35] here, [36] and here. [37]

Findhorn Viaduct is around 500 metres East of Tomatin village. …

The next significant location on the line is the Findhorn Viaduct which is approximately 500 metres East of the village of Tomatin and carries the line over the valley of the River Findhorn. [38]
The same area as shown on the ESRI satellite imagery from the NLS. [38]

The Findhorn Viaduct was designed and built for the Highland Railway between 1894 and 1897 by Murdoch Paterson, their chief engineer, and John Fowler, who was the consulting engineer and who also worked on the design of the Forth Rail Bridge. The viaduct was Fowler’s suggestion in order to create a more direct route; the railway company had originally planned a more circuitous route around the valley, over a mile longer. The steel for the lattice work was supplied by the Butterley Iron Company in Derbyshire, England. The granite for the piers was supplied by Kemnay Quarry in Kemnay, Aberdeenshire, which also supplied materials for the Forth Bridge. … It was opened to traffic on 19 July 1897. The viaduct is a Category B listed building, first listed in 1971, a status which grants it legal protection.” [39]

Findhorn Viaduct which was opened in 1897 by the Highland Railway, is a 407 metre-long, nine-span structure with steel trusses supported on slender masonry piers. This photograph was taken from the road bridge on the A9 which sits to the Northeast of the railway viaduct, © David Dixon and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [40]

The highest point on the line between Inverness and Aviemore is at Slochd. The Slochd Summit “is a mountain pass on the A9 road and the Highland Main Line Railway. It is the highest point on the line between Inverness and Aviemore. An old military road and National Cycle Network Route No. 7 also go over the summit, the latter largely following the old A9. … Both the road and the railway have signs marking the spot – the A9 is at a height of 1,328 feet (405 m), while the railway reaches 1,315 feet (401 m). The Slochd Summit is the second highest place on the route from Inverness to Perth – the Pass of Drumochter at 1,500 feet (460 m) is higher and bleaker.” [41]

Close to Slochd the railway crosses the Allt Slochd Music on a high viaduct. [42]
The same area in the 21st century. [42]
The listed building record for the Allt Slochd Music Viaduct. [43]

A very short distance to the East of Slochd, the old A9 (now National Cycle Route No. 7 crosses the old railway. …

This photograph is taken from the old A9 road bridge and looks back along the railway towards Slochd. The modern A9 flyover sits above both the old road and the railway. [Google Streetview, June 2022]
Looking ahead to the Northeast and Carrbridge from the old A9 bridge. [Google Streetview, June 2022]
Bird’s eye view of the railway and old and new A9s at the same location. This image was shared on the Carr-bridge Past and Present Facebook Group by James Ross on 11th June 2024. [52]

East of the old A9 the railway curves round from a Northeasterly direction to a Southeasterly one. It runs down the valley of the Bogbain Burn crossing the stream a number of times on its descent. The modern A9 runs a little to the South of the railway. The Bogbain Burn joins the Allt nan Ceatharnuch and flows to the North of the railway before crossing under both the railway and the modern A9. It then flows into the River Dulnan to the West of the A9 and the railway.

The River Dulnan flows under the A9 and the railway and then flows down through Carrbridge. The railway station sits about 1.5 km Southwest of the village close to the river. It remains open in the 21st century.

An historical photograph of the railway bridge over the river can be seen here. [53]

The River Dulnan Railway Bridge, seen from the A9 to the South. [Google Streetview, 2023]
Carrbridge Railway Station at the turn of the 20th century. The Dulnan River features in the top-left of the image. [44]
The same area in the 21st century. The modern A9 runs parallel to the railway rather than through Carrbridge. [44]

Carrbridge Railway Station was opened on 8th July 1892 when the Highland Railway opened the line from Aviemore. For five years Carrbridge was the terminus of the line from Aviemore.

Northbound services commenced on 8th July 1897 when the line to Daviot was opened, the line through to Inverness opened on 1st November 1898. … The station was built with a passing loop on the otherwise single track railway, a signal box (automatic token-exchange apparatus was used) and several sidings on the north side of the line. The station building is thought to be by the architect William Roberts, dating from 1898. A camping coach was positioned here by the Scottish Region from 1954 to 1965. [46]

Carrbridge Railway Station forecourt seen from the North. [Google Streetview, 2022]
Carrbridge Railway Station as seen facing Northwest from the station footbridge in September 2015, © Rosser1954 and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [45]

Some photographs of steam at Carrbridge Station can be seen on the Carrbridge Past & Present Facebook Group. [51]

Southeast of Carrbridge Railway Station, the line curves through a heavily wooded landscape towards the South. It continues to be closely followed by the modern A9.

This wintery scene was recorded in March 2023 looking Northeast from the A9. The lack of foliage means that the railway can be seen close to the road. The location is the Knock of Kinveachy. The old A9 is still in use beyond the road as the B9153 and then the A95. [Google Streetview, March 2023]

The A9 begins to turn away from the railway to the South of Kinveachy. The A95 passes under the railway as it heads South, along the route of the old A9.. A new skew bridge carries the railway over the road in the 21st century.

This view looks Northeast along the A95 under the railway bridge. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
The location of the old railway bridge over the A9, (the A95 in the 21st century). [47]
The same location in the 21st century: the new A9 can be seen in the top-left corner of this satellite image. The A95 (the old A9] can be seen to the right of the railway at the top of the image,then passing under the railway before leaving the image bottom-left. [47]

The railway heads due South towards Aviemore, before drifting towards the West … Three small lochans were in the path of the railway. …

Now on the final run down to Aviemore. The old A9 can be seen on the left of this extract from the 6″ Ordnance Survey from the turn of the 20th century. The railway crosses the small Loch nan Carraigean.[48]
This modern image shows that by the 21st century the lochans have almost completely disappeared. Just a small pool remains at the location of Loch nan Carraigean. A quarry has been opened up between the railway and what is now the A95. [48]
Aviemore Railway Station at the turn of the 20th century. The River is the River Spey. There was very little to Aviemore at the turn of the 20th century – the Station and Hotel and a few private dwellings. [49]
This 21st century satellite image of the same area shows a considerable amount of development to the North of the Railway Station. [49]
This wider view shows just how significant the development over 125 years has been. The modern A9 can be seen on the left of this image. [49]

In the 21st century the journey between Inverness and Aviemore takes less than 45 minutes. The older main line through Forres was abandoned as part of the cuts which followed the Beeching Report in the mid-1960s. As we noted when looking at the route via Forres and Dava, a preservation railway is active at the southern end of that line and shares Aviemore Railway Station with ScotRail. The line is followed by walkers and cyclists on The Dava Way. [50]

An article about the Gorres/Dava route can be found here. [8]

References

  1. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Inverness_and_Aviemore_Direct_Railway, accessed on 28th June 2025.
  2. Neil T Sinclair; The Highland Main Line; Atlantic Publishers, Penryn, 1998.
  3. David Ross, The Highland Railway, Tempus Publishing Limited, Stroud, 2005.
  4. H. A. Vallance; The Highland Railway (2nd. Ed.); David & Charles, Dawlish, and Macdonald, London, 1963, (First edition published in 1938).
  5. W M Acworth; The Railways of Scotland: Their Present Position, with a Glance at their Past and a Forecast of Their Future; John Murray, London, 1890.
  6. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/2504196, accessed on 28th June 2025.
  7. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/05/01/the-highland-railway-part-1/
  8. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/06/28/the-highland-railway-part-2/
  9. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/03/23/the-highland-railways-strathpeffer-branch/
  10. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/04/01/the-highland-railways-fortrose-or-black-isle-branch/
  11. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/05/03/the-highland-railways-fort-george-branch/
  12. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=57.48184&lon=-4.22119&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 28th June 2025.
  13. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=57.48289&lon=-4.21033&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 29th June 2025.
  14. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.6&lat=57.48347&lon=-4.19911&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 29th June 2025.
  15. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.6&lat=57.47913&lon=-4.17733&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 29th June 2025.
  16. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.6&lat=5l7.47702&lon=-4.16526&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 29th June 2025.
  17. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.6&lat=57.47693&lon=-4.15517&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 29th June 2025.
  18. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.6&lat=57.48195&lon=-4.18791&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 29th June 2025.
  19. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.6&lat=57.48344&lon=-4.06605&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 29th June 2025.
  20. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3345327, accessed on 28th June 2025.
  21. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3092339, accessed on 28th June 2025.
  22. https://www.railscot.co.uk/locations/C/Culloden_Moor, accessed on 30th June 2025.
  23. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.8&lat=57.48473&lon=-4.06669&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 30th June 2025.
  24. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/16RLR3Py59, accessed on 30th June 2025.
  25. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/27041, accessed on 30th June 2025.
  26. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.6&lat=57.47810&lon=-4.06291&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 30th June 2025.
  27. https://www.visitinvernesslochness.com/listings/culloden-viaduct, accessed on 30th June 2025.
  28. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.6&lat=57.43252&lon=-4.10570&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 30th June 2025.
  29. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Daviot_railway_station, accessed on 30th June 2025.
  30. https://www.flickr.com/photos/irishswissernie/27794831248, accessed on 30th June 2025.
  31. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.6&lat=57.38462&lon=-4.05668&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 30th June 2025.
  32. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Moy_railway_station, accessed on 30th June 2025.
  33. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.6&lat=57.34370&lon=-4.00545&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 30th June 2025
  34. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/27752, accessed on 30th June 2025.
  35. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/28019, accessed on 30th June 2025.
  36. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/28013, accessed on 30th June 2025.
  37. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/28005, accessed on 30th June 2025.
  38. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.0&lat=57.33467&lon=-3.98418&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, 30th June 2025.
  39. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Findhorn_Viaduct_(Tomatin), accessed on 30th June 2025.
  40. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/5358534, accessed on 30th June 2025.
  41. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Slochd_Summit, accessed on 30th June 2025.
  42. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=57.29157&lon=-3.91728&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 30th June 2025.
  43. https://www.google.com/search?client=ms-android-motorola-rvo3&sca_esv=bec2fea0dbf0b6aa&sxsrf=AE3TifOz4h8t7Z-vFtcwUUMXFezZeqPmNA:1751311886771&udm=2&fbs=AIIjpHyqq7TquKTaG7yVdtxZ2GNmhBe0Q_JZIxG_Tc7OaN4aXNPzFKPxIlJ3AYkZGNOifgdX-pEQNjXSgwJdeelzvugdImdw-Ia9Fci-vfRQ8DKySVJapl_-feH6aEqb7iLzeTILZh2bE6PfvxY8STgqPz4flnlZrmT9VVZuhkeuCPhfvy5RNeVx1c1FJwQ2_R1wSuHfqJiycwMM2xDAGJ1JxGCkz5mlTLw9v42z3Fs-1GTLsp33I8A&q=allt+slochd+mhuic+viaduct&sa=X&ved=2ahUKEwiSp5uX8ZmOAxX2ZkEAHXD6NwoQtKgLegQIDBAB&biw=508&bih=970&dpr=2.13#sv=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, accessed on 30th June 2025.
  44. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.2&lat=57.28230&lon=-3.82902&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 30th June 2025.
  45. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Carrbridge_railway_station,_looking_towards_Inverness.JPG, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  46. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrbridge_railway_station, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  47. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.8&lat=57.23529&lon=-3.80389&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=96, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  48. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.1&lat=57.21831&lon=-3.81059&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  49. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=57.19099&lon=-3.82734&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  50. https://davaway.org.uk, June 2025.
  51. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/16WHRJWHYz, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  52. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/1FjShBjSET, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  53. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/27008, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  54. https://www.highlifehighland.com/highland-archive-centre/doors-open-day-saturday-1st-september-11-4/br-steam-locomotive-54445-with-up-permanent-way-train-passing-culloden-moor-viaduct, accessed on 1st July 2025.
  55. https://crlocomotives.livejournal.com/2566.html, accessed on 1st July 2025.

The Highland Railway – Part 2

The featured image at the head of this article (above) is Highland Railway No. 79, ‘Atholl’, a 4-4-0 Clyde Bogie, built Jun 1886. Renumbered 79A in Mar 1917. Only one of this class survived into LMS days No. 14278. It originally carried the name ‘Fife’ and was ‘Hughland Railway No. 82. Renamed ‘Durn’ in 1900, a name it retained until 1916, it was renumbered 82A in March 1917. It continued in service until being withdrawn in April 1930. [30][31]

Trains Illustrated No. 18 which was published in 1976 focussed on The Highland Railway. [1] The introductory article, ‘Highland Retrospect’, was written by Paul Drew. [1: p4-11]

The Highland Railway (HR) Company was based in Inverness. It was formed by merger, absorbing over 249 miles (401 km) of line. It continued to expand, reaching Wick and Thurso in the north and Kyle of Lochalsh in the west, eventually serving the counties of Caithness, Sutherland, Ross & Cromarty, Inverness, Perth, Nairn, Moray and Banff. Southwards, it connected with the Caledonian Railway at Stanley Junction, north of Perth, and eastward with the Great North of Scotland Railway at Boat of Garten, Elgin, Keith and Portessie. [6][7][17: p29]

A Map of the Highland Railway Network, © Public Domain. [8]

The direct route to Perth eliminated the need for a change of trains at Aberdeen (and for some time a half mile journey between two railway stations). “It gave a route virtually under one ownership between Inverness and Perth. The greatest benefit lay, however, in the shortening of the journey. Previously the distance by rail from Perth to Inverness had been 198 miles; it now became 144. This represented a saving of about 24 hours in travelling time, and a corresponding reduction in fares.” [17: p27]

Earlier articles about the Highland Railway network can be found here, [15] here, [3] and here. [16] In this article:

we follow the line from Forres via Dava to Perth

  • We follow the line from Forres via Dava to Perth.
  • We look at the Highland Railway’s locomotive superintendents and at least some of its locomotives.

The First Direct Line Between Inverness and Perth (via Forres) – the Dava Line

H. A. Vallance tells us that “The proposed new railway through the Central Highlands left the Inverness & Aberdeen Junction Railway at Forres, 24 miles East of Inverness, and turning sharply to the south, rose steeply for several miles to cross the hills separating the valley of the Findhorn from Strathspey. Beyond the summit at Dava, 1,052 ft above sea level, the approximate course of [a] route surveyed … in 1845 was joined, and the line proceeded by way of Grantown and the west bank of the Spey to Kingussie. There followed a long, steep climb up the northern slopes of the Grampians to the head of the Druimuachdar Pass, and a corresponding descent to Blair Atholl and the Pass of Killiecrankie. Crossing the Tay near Dalguise, the line reached Dunkeld, where it made an end-on junction with the Perth & Dunkeld Railway.” [17: p24]

The enabling Act of Parliament was passed in July 1861 and authorised the Inverness & Perth Junction Railway to take control of the Perth & Dunkeld Railway. That amalgamation took place in February 1864.

Work on the line commenced in October 1861. The first 13 miles (Dunkeld-Pitlochry) opened at the beginning of June 1863. The length from Forrest to Aviemore opened in early August of the same year. The last length (Aviemore-Pitlochry) was completed in September, just a month or so later. Vallance notes: “The chief engineering works on the line were the seven-span masonry viaduct over the Divie, near Dunphail, 477 ft long and 105 ft high; the girder bridge across the Tay, near Dalguise, 515 ft long and 67 ft high; and the ten-span masonry viaduct, 54 ft high, over a deep ravine in the Pass of Killiecrankie. Smaller masonry bridges were required to carry the railway over the Bran, north of Dunkeld, and the Garry, at Struan. The latter was remarkable in that its main span crossed not only the river, but also the stone bridge carrying the Rannoch Road over the Garry at the same point. At Blair Atholl the Tilt was crossed by a single-span lattice-girder bridge. … Only two short tunnels were found necessary-one in the Pass of Killiecrankie (128 yd long), and the other north of Dunkeld (350 yd long). South of Dunkeld there was a third tunnel (310 yd long), but this had, of course, been constructed by the Perth & Dunkeld Railway. (These, incidentally, were the only three tunnels on the Highland Railway.)” [17: p25]

Some time elapsed before all the stations were ready to be opened, a few of the smaller ones being left until communication between Forres and Perth had been established. Thus accommodation was not provided at Dava until 1864, and Killiecrankie and Dalnaspidal until 1865.” [17: p25]

We have already looked at the line from Keith to Inverness. The original station at Forres was not suited to becoming a significant junction station. Valance provides a sketch of the revisions at Forres. …

A sketch of the new Station and railway junction at Forres. A double junction was provided with the line from Inverness to Keith, so that trains could be run in each direction without reversing. To give each train platform accommodation, the new station was triangular in form and built to the south of the existing one. A new line was provided for the trains from east to west, leaving the original route as an auxiliary loop for goods trains and light engines. The old station building became the stationmaster’s residence. [17: p26-27]
The junction at Forres as it appeared on the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1868, published in 1870. The original alignment of the Inverness &Aberdeen Junction Railway runs diagonally across the top of the map extract. The old station was in the top right quadrant. The new triangular junction and accompanying station/platforms is at the centre of the image. [18]
The same area in the 21st century as depicted on the ESRI satellite imagery from the NLS. [19]

Before following the route below, you may well enjoy watching a video about The Dava Way. … [28]

South of Forres, the line ran close to the Dallas Dhu Distillery which had its own sidings, before climbing to Dunphail Railway Station.

Dallas Dhu Distillery and its rail sidings, as it appears on the 25″ Ordnance Survey from the turn of the 20th century. [20]
The same location in the 21st century, the line of the now dismantled railway is marked by trees. [20]
Looking North along the line of the old sidings at Dallas Dhu Distillery. [Google Streetview, August 2021]
Dallas Dhu Distillery seen from the South in 2024. [21]
Dunphail Railway Station as shown on the 25″ Ordnance Survey from the turn of the 20th century. [22]
The same location in the 21st century as shown on the ESRI satellite imagery from the NLS. [22]
Dunphail Railway Station buildings seen from the West in 1997. The station closed with the railway line in 1965, © Ben Brooksbank and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [23]

A short distance Southeast of Dunphail Railway Station, the line crossed the Divide Viaduct (over the river of the same name). The viaduct still stands in the 21st Century and carries the Cava Way footpath.

The Divie Viaduct as shown on the 25″ Ordnance Survey from the turn of the 20th century ntury. [24]
The ESRI satellite image of the Divie Viaduct. [24]
The Divie Viaduct, © Ewan Mackintosh. [Google Maps, 2022]

Some distance further South the line reached Dava Railway Station. … The NLS records of the 35″Ordnance Survey do not cover the line heading South, so we now use the 6″ Ordnance Survey. …

Dava Station, as recorded on the 6″ Ordnance Survey from the turn of the 20th century. [25]
The same location in the 21st century, as recorded on the ESRI satellite imagery provided by the NLS. [25]

Wikipedia tells us that, “At 985 feet above sea-level, Dava was the third highest station on the Highland Railway network. The summit that followed south of the station (Dava Summit) reached 1,052 feet. … The station was located in sparsely populated moorland, along a dirt track near the junction of the A939 and A940 (OS Grid Reference NJ008389). The purpose of a station at this location was to provide a passing loop with water columns (15 miles from Forres and 16 miles to the first junction at Boat of Garten), although the station did provide some facilities for the area, such as a post office. … The surrounding area is wild moorland (The Dava Muir).” [26]

Goods services at Dava were first to end; the date of closure was 27th January 1964. A passenger service continued until 18th October 1965, when the station closed completely. The station building, stationmaster’s house, and platforms still remain. The stationmaster’s house is a private residence.

Dava Railway Station while still in use, © Not known. [27]

South of Dava the line ran almost due South and continues to provide the formation for the Dava Way [43] which reaches a summit between the locations of Dava Railway Station and Castle Grant Platform.

The 6″ Ordnance Survey shows the old military road and the railway line in close order. [45]
Railmaponline.com shows the route of the old railway in green approaching Dava Way Summit. This is also the long distance footpath known as the Dava Way. [42]
The route of the old railway runs alongside the A939 over Dava Summit an area of open moorland. In this South facing view, the fenceline beyond the Scots Pine marks the route [Google Streetview, June 2023]
The route of the railway and that of the Old Military road sit side-by-side. [44]
Further South the line of the old railway is very close to the modern road. [42]
Looking Southeast from the A939, The fence line marks the line of the old railway. [Google Streetview, June 2023]

The line snaked back and forth following the contours as it travelled South.

The adjacent map shows two bridges close together and both associated with the Castle Grant Estate. The first we encounter travelling South along the line is a bridge carrying an estate road over the old railway. A picture of that bridge can be seen here. [50]

The adjacent map shows two bridges close together and both associated with the Castle Grant Estate. The first we encounter travelling South along the line is a bridge carrying an estate road over the old railway. A picture of that bridge can be seen here. [50] The second bridge is shown below.
The old railway bridged the Old Military Road on its way down towards Grantown-on-Spey. [46]
This extract from railmaponline.com shows the same area in the 21st century. [42]
The bridge which carried the old railway over the Military Road remains in place carrying the Dava Way over the A939. This is the view looking South along the line of the old Military Road (A939). [Google Streetview, June 2023]
The same bridge seen looking North. The building adjacent to the railway combined as a station building and a lodge for the Castle Grant estate. There was a platform on the East side of the line included at the railway’s expense as a private platform for the estate.
At Lynmacgregor the railway bridged a minor road connecting the small hamlet to the Old Military Road. [48]

The same location is shown here on railmaponline.com’s satellite imagery. A length of embankment has been removed to allow a better alignment of the access road to Lynmacgregor. [42]

Close to what is now Grantown-on-Spey Caravan Park the railway crossed another minor road by means of a stone arch.

The area to the East of this bridge is now a Caravan Park. [47]
The same location in the 21st century. [42]
The view of the West face of the stone-arched bridge. [Google Streetview, August 2021]
Grantown West Railway Station sat to the Southwest of the village. This was one of two stations serving the town. Grantown East Railway Station on the Great North of Scotland Railway (Strathspey Section) was on the South side of the River Spey at Speybridge. [49]

Photographs of the Station while in use can be found here [52] and here. [53]

This extract from the Ordnance Survey 1 inch to 1 mile 3rd Edition (surveyed between 1866 to 1870; revised: 1906; and published: 1908) shows the relative positions of the town/village and its two stations. [54]

This extract from railmaponline.com’s satellite imagery shows the location of Grantown West Railway Station in the 21st century with the line of the old railway superimposed. The village/town of Grantown is to the Northeast of this location. The station site is now an industrial estate. [42]

Looking South-southwest through the industrial estate which sits on the site of Grantown West Railway Station. [Google Streetview, August 2021]
Looking North-northeast through the industrial estate which sits on the site of the old station. [Google Streetview, August 2021]

The Strathspey Steam Railway has an ambition to extend its line to the site of the old station. [55]

South of Grantown-on-Spey West Railway Station the line continued on embankment before crossing a minor road and stream as shown on the map extract below.

This extract from the OS 6″ mapping shows the location of the bridge mentioned above and shown in the photograph below. [56]
The structure shown on the map extract above, seen from the East. A single span crosses both the road and the watercourse. [Google Streetview, August 2021]
The line continued in a South-southwest direction. Its route is easy to make out on modern satellite imagery. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The modern A95 crosses the line of the old railway which can be seen curving round towards the Southwest. [Goole Maps, June 2025]

This extract from the 6″ Ordnance Survey mapping which was surveyed in 1868 and published in 1873 shows the esrtwhile bridge which carried the railway over what was to become the A95. As can be seen above, the closure of the line permitted the road alignment to be considerably improved. [57]

A short distance further Southwest, the old line crossed the River Dulnain close to its confluence with the River Spey as this next extract from the 6″ Survey mapping surveyed between 1867 and 1871 and published in 1873/75 shows. [58]

The line continued on through Broomhill Station before it was met by the Great North of Scotland (Strathspey Section) line which had just bridged the River Spey. [59]

Broomhill Railway Station or Broomhill for Nethy Bridge Railway Station [60: p46] is a reconstructed railway station on the former Highland Railway main line [61] which was originally built to serve the small villages of Nethy Bridge and Dulnain Bridge in Strathspey. It is at present the eastern terminus of the heritage railway, the Strathspey Steam Railway. [55][62]

The location of Broomhill Station enlarged to show detail. [59]
The same location in the 21st century. [59]
Looking Northeast through Broomhill Station towards Forres. The station and line were closed completely on 18/10/65. However Broomhill is currently (2025) the terminus of the Heritage Strathspey Railway, restored in stages since 1972 from Aviemore via Boat of Garten, which will eventually reach on to Grantown-on-Spey, © Ben Brooksbank and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [63]
The rebuilt Broomhill railway station on the Strathspey Railway in 2016, © Rosser1954 and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [64]
Looking Northeast from Station Road Bridge towards the modern Broomhill Station. [Google Streetview, 2023]
Looking Southwest from Station Road Bridge towards Aviemore. [Google Streetview, 2023]
The junction between the Highland Railway and the Great North of Scotland (Strathspey Section) line which had just bridged the River Spey. [59]
The same location in the 21st century. A hedgerow still marks the line of the Great North of Scotland Railway. [59]
The next length of the line extends from the junction to Boat of Garten Railway Station which originally acted as the junction station for the Great North of Scotland Railway. [65]
The same area in the 21st century. [65]
A closer view of the 6″ Ordnance Survey showing, in more detail, Boat of Garten Railway Station. [65]
The same view in the 21st century, now under preservation. [65]

Boat of Garten railway station was a significant junction on the Highland Railway, and is now the headquarters of the Strathspey Railway. The station served as a link between the Highland Railway’s main line (Perth to Forres) and the Great North of Scotland Railway’s branch to Craigellachie. Today, the Strathspey Railway operates heritage steam trains between Aviemore, Boat of Garten, and Broomhill, using part of the original Highland Railway line.

An early 20th century view looking North through Boat of Garten Railway Station, © Public Domain. [66]
Boat of Garten Railway Station after the closure of the line, © Public Domain. [66]
A similar view in the 21st century. [Google Streetview, 2023]
The next station along the line was/is Aviemore which was the junction between two Highland Railway routes. [67]
The same area in the 21st century. The two railway routes leaving the station to the North still operate as railways. [67]

In the 21st century, Aviemore Railway Station is owned by Network Rail and managed by ScotRail, is on the Highland Main Line, 83 miles 31 chains (134.2 kilometres) from Perth, between Kingussie and Carrbridge, and is also the southern terminus of the Strathspey preserved railway. [68]

The modern main line to the North of Aviemore, the later Highland Railway main line, will be covered in Part 3 of this series of articles.

Aviemore Railway Station during construction in the 1860s, © William Dow Scottish Railway Station Photography Collection, courtesy of the University of St Andrews Libraries and Museums, ID: DOW-avi-7. [71]
Aviemore Railway Station in the early 20th century, © Public Domain. [72]
A panorama photograph of Aviemore Railway Station looking North from the footbridge. The two platform-faces close to the centre of the image are for ScotRail services. The line to the right of the image is the Strathspey Railway. [My photograph, 28th June 2009]

South of Aviemore, the Highland line continued more than 83 miles South to Perth.

The line follows the River Spey southwards, passing to the East of Loch Alvie, through Kincraig Railway Station and then passing to the West of Loch Insh and through Kingussie Railway Station.

Kincraig Railway Station at around the turn of the 20th century. [69]
Kincraig in the 21st century, as shown on the ESRI satellite imagery from the NLS. [69]
Kincraig Railway Station in the 1970s after its closure in the 1960s. [73]
Looking South from ‘The Brae’ along the line at Kincraig. [Google Streetview, 2011]
This West facing image shows bridge at the South end of the closed Kincraig Railway Station. [Google Streetview, 2022]
Looking Northeast along the line from the bridge carrying the modern A9 over the railway. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking Southwest along the line from the same bridge. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Kingussie Railway Station at around the turn of the 20th century. [70]
Kingussie in the 21st century. [70]
The platform side of the station building at Kingussie, © Highland Council. id: 19121. [74]
Looking Southwest into Kingussie Railway Station site from the gated crossing carrying the B970 across the railway. [Google Streetview, 2023]
The station buildings at Kingussie seem from the North in the 21st century. [Google Streetview, 2022]

Southwest of Kingussie the railway continues to follow the River Spey. It bridges the Spey southwest of Newtonmore Railway Station and just to the East of Spey (Road) Bridge and then continues climbing alongside first the Spey and then a tributary, the River Truim, towards Dalwhinnie Distillery.

Newtonmore Railway Station as it appears on the 6″ Ordnance Survey of the turn of the 20th century. [76]
The same area in the 21st century. [76]
The original station buildings were constructed of wood and were destroyed in a fire in April 1893. A replacement station building in stone was erected in 1893. The stone building is no longer used as a station building. [77][Google Streetview, 2022]
Looking North along the single platform at Newtonmore Railway Station, © Gordon Hatton, and made available for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [77]
The Spey River railway bridge. [75]
The railway bridge across the Spey near Newtonmore is a single track girder viaduct south of Newtonmore station which crosses the River Spey. It has two sections and a central pier. Also known as Newtonmore Viaduct. It was originally a timber single track bridge and was rebuilt in 1885 by Head, Wrightson and Co Ltd. Originally intended to carry two tracks, but only one was laid. In the 21st century, only the girders associated with that single track remain, © Julian Paren and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [78]
The second edition 6″ Ordnance Survey shows Spey Bridge and at the top right, the railway bridge over the river. After the road bridged the railway line a short siding ran alongside the running line. [75]
The same area in the 21st century. The road which crosses Spey Road Bridge is the B9150. It follows the same alignment as it did at the turn of the 20th century. [75]

Beyond the confluence of the Spey and the Truim the railway runs Southwest up Glen Truim towards Dalwhinnie Distillery. Just a short distance Northeast of the Dalwhinnie Distillery the Truim splits into two. Google Maps records the name of the two arms being the River Truim. Both arms of the Truim pass under the railway.

The two arms of the River Truim pass under the railway as shown on this 6″ Ordnance Survey extract. [79]
The same area in the 21st century. The modern A9 can be seen on the right of this extract from the ESRI satellite imagery from the NLS. [79]
The first of the structures encountered in the image above. [Google Streetview, 2023]
The second of the two bridges. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Dalwhinnie Distillery, Village and Station. The line both North and South of Dalwhinnie Railway Station was single-track. [80]
The same area in the 21st century. The line South of Dalwhinnie is now double-track. [80]
Dalwhinnie Railway Station looking North, © Andrewrabbot and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 4.0). [81]
Dalwhinnie Railway Station building. [Google Streetview, 2022]
The accommodation crossing at the South end of Dalwhinnie Railway Station site, (Ben Alder Road). [Google Streetview, 2022]

It is worth noting before we travel on towards Perth that one of the most significant improvements to the journey to Perth “came with the doubling of sections of line, designed by the engineer Alexander Newlands, beginning with Blair Atholl to Dalnacardoch (8.25 miles (13.28 km)) in 1900, extended to Druimuachdar (8.5 miles (13.7 km)) in 1901 and Dalwhinnie (5.5 miles (8.9 km)) in 1909. [83] In the 1960s, many sections of the line were converted from double track to single track. In 1976, 23 miles (37 km) from Blair Atholl to Dalwhinnie was redoubled. [84][85] In March 2019 Network Rail completed a programme of works to increase capacity on the line and support the introduction of InterCity 125 sets on ScotRail services, with passing loops and platforms extended.” [82][86]

A few kilometres South of Dalwhinnie, the railway crosses a minor road just to the West of its junction with the A9,then crosses a small tributary  of the River Truim, before it crosses the River Truim again.

Looking South from the minor road crossing. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The bridge over the River Truim. [87]
The same location in the 21st century. The unfenced road shown on the map extract is now the A9 trunk road [87]
The same bridge, seen from the A9. [Google Streetview, 2023]

Continuing southwards the line crosses the River Truim again. …

The next bridge over the river. [88]
The same location in the 21st century. [88]
The best view of the bridge from the A9. [Google Streetview, 2024]

The line crosses the watershed and begins the drop down towards Perth.

The next bridge crosses the first of a series of streams which form the headwaters of the River Garry. [89]
The same location in the 21st century. [89]
The bridge on the map and satellite image above. [Google Streetview, 2024]

Over the next kilometre a number of such streams are crossed and the line passes through the location of Dalnaspidal Railway Station which closed in 1965.

Dalnaspidal Railway Station close to the turn of the 20th century. [90]
The site of the erstwhile Dalnaspidal Railway Station which closed in 1965. [90]
This photograph was taken in 2006. It shows the abandoned signal box and platform at Dalnaspidal Railway Station, © Lis Burke and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 2.0). [91]
The first railway bridge over the River Garry. [92]
The same location in the 21st century. [92]
The best view possible from the A9 of the bridge over the River Garry. [Google Streetview, 2023]
Struan Railway Station and bridges in the early 20th century. [93]
The same location in the 21st century. [93]
Struan road and railway bridge seen from the B847 South of the railway. [Google Streetview, 2023]

The next location of note along Glen Garry is the bridge over Bruar Water. …

The bridge over Bruar Water. [94]
The same location in the 21st century. [94]
The railway viaduct with a pedestrian underpass for people heading to the Falls of Bruar, © Jeff Collins and authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [95]

It is not too much more than a kilometre or two to Blair Athol. …

Blair Athol Railway Station at the start of the 20th century. The bridge at the West end of the station area spans the Banvie Burn, that at the East end of the station site crosses the River Tilt. [96]
Blair Athol Railway Station in the 21st century. [96]
The best view available from the B8079 of the railway bridge over  the Banvie Burn. [Google Streetview, 2023]
Blair Athol Railway Station in 1962, © Ben Brooksbank and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [99]
Blair Athol Railway Station, also seen from the footbridge, in 2018, © Martin Addison and cleared for use under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [100]
The 6″ Ordnance Survey from the turn of the 20th century shows the railway bridge over the River Tilt just to the  East of Blair Athol Railway Station. [101]
The same bridge in the 21st century. [101]
The River Tilt Railway Bridge seen from the North, © Jim Barton and used under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [97]
The same bridge viewed from the West. This image shows the way in which the bridge design was made to fit in with the Balt© Andrew Abbot and authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 2.0). [98]
The next station on the line was Killiecrankie Railway Station seen here around the turn of the 20th century. The station closed in 1965. Note the western mouth of the short tunnel to the East of the station. [102]
The same area in the 21st century. [102]
The site of Killiecrankie Railway Station, seen from the bridge that framed the West end of the station. [Google Streetview, 2010]
Killiecrankie Railway Station in the years before closure. [110]

To the Southwest of Killiecrankie Railway Station the line passed through the Pass of Killiecrankie. First there was a short tunnel, then a viaduct over a tributary of the Tummel.

The tunnel  can be seen to the top-left of this extract from the 6″ Ordnance Survey. The viaduct is towards the centre of the image. [103]
The viaduct can easily be seen on this extract from the ESRI Satellite imagery from the NLS. [103]
The East tunnel mouth sits immediately above the Northwest end of the viaduct. [111]
The Viaduct sits alongside the River Garry. A plaque sits beneath the viaduct which reads:  The National Trust for Scotland: Railway Viaduct – This 510′ long-viaduct, which was designed for the Inverness and Perth Junction (The Highland Railway from 1865) by Joseph Mitchell was completed in 2864;at a cost of £5,730. The ten masonry arches are each 35′ span and the extreme height to the parapet wall is 54′. [111]

The railway has followed the River Garry over some distance. The confluence of the River Garry with the River Tummel is just a short distance South of the Pass of Killiecrankie. From that point the railway follows the River Tummel through Pitlochry.

The town of Pitlochry and its railway station site on the North side of the River Tummel. [104]
The same location in the 21st century. [104]
The railway bridge over Rie-Achan Road at the Northwest end of the station site at Pitlochry. [Google Streetview, 2023]
Pitlochry Railway Station, © Geoff Sheppard and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [112]
Rail side at Pitlochry Railway Station, © The joy of all things, and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [113]
The railway bridge over Ferry Road at the Southeast end of the Pitlochry Railway Station. [Google Streetview, 2023]To

To the Southeast of Pitlochry the main line of the Highland Railway is met by the Aberfeldy branch which has just crossed the River Tummel. The Aberfeldy branch ran along the South side of the River Tay from Aberfeldy to close the confluence of the Tummel and the Tay. It bridged the Tay and soon also bridged the Tummel as shown in the OS extract below.

The Highland Railway main line is joined by the Aberfeldy Branch at Balliinluig Junction. [105]
The old road bridge to the North of the railway bridge has been removed the road (A827) has been diverted onto the railway alignment and a modern structure has replaced the old railway bridge.  [105]
Balliinluig Railway Station in 1962, © Ben Brooksbank and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [120]
The Aberfeldy branch of the Highland Railway crossed the River Tummel, adjacent to  Balliinluig Junction, on this bridge, © Public Domain (1864). [114]
The same bridge Seen from the West in 1967, © Elliott Simpson and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [115]
The A827 road bridge over the river, seen from the North,, © Russell Wills and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [116]

The River Tummel joins the River Tay a short distance South of Balliinluig Junction and the railway continues down the valley of the Tay, through what was Guay Railway Station and bridging the River Tay a little further South.

Guay Railway Station served a small hamlet which once had its own water mill, school and smithy. The station closed in 1959. [117] By 1948, Guay had a very limited service with no Sunday stopping trains, one Monday only service and several that stopped only on request. [118][106]
The same location in the 21st century. [106]
The bridge over the River Tay. [107]
The same location in the 21st century. [107]
The ornamental bridge over the River Tay was designed to appease the Duke of Athol. It has two spans; the southern one being 210 feet (64 m), the northern 141 feet (43 m). The girders are 16 ft (4.9 m) high, and 67 ft (20 m) above the bed of the river. The ironwork was supplied by Sir William Fairbairn & Sons, of Manchester. The abutments and central piers are stone, with ornamental castellations on top, © Euan Nelson and authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [119]
Dalguise Railway Station was a very short distance South of the bridge over the Tay. [108]
The location of the station in the 21st century. [108]

Images of Dalguise Railway Station can be seen here, [121] here [122] and here. [123]

Beyond Dalguise, a tunnel opposite Dunkeld House across the Tay, a bridge over the River Braan, a significant embankment and a length of cutting bring the line to a point across the Tay from Inverness. The line continues through the railway station at Birnam which serves Dunkeld and Little Dunkeld.

Opposite Dunkeld House and on the South side of the Tay, the line passes through a short tunnel and over the River Braan. [109]
The same location on the 21st century ESRI satellite imagery from the NLS. The bridge is easier to make out than the tunnel to its West.[109]

Historic Environment Scotland describes Inver Viaduct, the bridge over the River Braan, as being a “large single segmental arch, flanked by crenellated refuges [with] large masonry approaches pierced for footpaths, octagonal flanking features.” [124]

Inver Viaduct was one of a number of bridges included in a £34 million investment programme undertaken by Network Rail and completed in 2023. 50 railway bridges in Scotland were protected against damage caused by scouring of the river bed that they spanned. [125]
Looking West along the line towards Inverness Viaduct from a minor road which links the A822 and the A9. [Google Streetview, 2007]
Looking East towards Dunkeld and Birnam Railway Station from the same minor road. [Google Streetview, 2007]
A little further down the line the A822 (the Old Military Road) is crossed by a girder bridge. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Dunkeld and Birnam Railway Station seen from the North. [Google Streetview, 2023]
Looking through Dunkeld and Birnam Railway Station from the Northeast, © Rosser1954 and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [126]

Beyond Dunkeld and Birnam Railway Station, the line continues along the South side of the River Tay. Rail and river separate to make room for Murthly Castle. The line, first in tunnel and then skirting the South side of the Murthly estate.

Murthly Castle has been owned by three families since the original tower house was built in 1450. The Stewarts of Grantully acquired the property in 1615 and the present owner is Thomas Steuart Fothringham, who lives at the property with his family. The castle was developed gradually over a 450-year period, with the latest addition dating from 1893. Consequently, there is a wide range of architectural styles both inside and outside.” [127]

The 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1901 shows the Murthly estate, the River Tay and the railway. The tunnel can be seen bottom-left of this map extract. [128]
A similar area in the 21st century. [128]
Murthly Village, Station and Asylum in 1901. [129]
The same location in the 21st century. The station closed in 1965. [129]
Murthly Railway Station close to the turn of the 20th century. [130]
Abandoned signal box and level. Rossing at the closed Murthly Railway Station site. [131]
The Highland Railway (HR) line met the Caledonian line at Stanley Junction. HR trains covered the remaining miles into Perth on Caledonian metals. [132]
The same location in the 21st century. [132]

Stanley railway station was located around half-a-mile Southwest of Stanley Junction Station. It was opened in 1848 by the Scottish Midland Junction Railway which linked Perth and Arbroath. It closed in 1857, when the new station of Stanley Junction was built at the location where the Perth and Dunkeld Railway diverged from the Scottish Midland Junction Railway running between Perth and Arbroath. Stanley Junction Station closed to passengers in 1956 and to goods in 1965. [133][134]

Stanley Junction Railway Station. This image was shared on the Perth & Kinross Archive Facebook Page on 9th November 2022. [135]

Highland Railway trains ran through to Perth on the Caledonian Railway under an arrangement agreed by predecessor companies (the Perth and Dunkeld Railway and the Scottish Midland Junction Railway). The line ran through Stratford and Luncarty stations, before passing through Almond Valley Junction before the final approach to Perth General Railway Station.

Strathord Railway Station. [136]
The same location in the 21st century. [136]
Luncarty Railway Station and Bridge. [137]
The same location in the 21st century. [137]
Almond Valley Junction in 1901. Lines from Crieff and Methven met up the valley of the Almond. [138]
The branch line’s route is marked by the narrow line of trees curving towards the top-left of this extract from the ESRI satellite imagery from the NLS. [138]
The approach to Perth from the North in 1901. [139]
The same area in the 21st century. [139]
Looking North from the bridge carrying Long Causeway over the railway. Nothing remains of what was once a busy railway scene. [Google Streetview, 2022]
Looking South from the same bridge. The bridge in the distance appears on the next map extract and satellite image. [Google Streetview, 2022]
The final approach to Perth from the North in 1901. [139]
The final  bridge over the line before Perth Railway Station appears just below centre in both the map extract above and this satellite image. [139]
Looking South into Perth Railway Station from the bridge carrying Glasgow Road over the station approach from the North. [Google Streetview, 2021]
Perth Railway Station in 1901, as it appeared on the 6″ Ordnance Survey. [140]
Perth Railway Station in the 21st century. [140]

Having travelled to the most southerly point on the Highland Railway’s network and having already noted that a more direct route from Inverness to Perth was to be constructed. We complete this particular article by acknowledging that the rivalry between the Highland Railway and the Great North of Scotland Railway (GNSR) was intense. Various schemes were developed by the GNSR, but none more significant than the GNSR backed abortive scheme of the Strathspey Strathdon & Deeside Junction Railway Co. (SS&DJ) to construct a 30-mile line from Ballater, terminus of the GNSR Deeside branch from Aberdeen, to Nethy Bridge on Speyside, on a GNSR branch from Craigellachie; the GNSR “was then to build its own line from Nethy Bridge directly to Inverness. The terrain was difficult on both sides of Nethy Bridge, especially to the east, where the alignment cut across a northern ridge of the Cairngorms that would have meant a 2000ft summit (compared with Druimuachdar’s 1484ft) or a long tunnel.” [1: p7] It is difficult to determine whether this route was ever a serious proposition, but “one effect of the SS&DJ proposal was to frighten the HR into building the costly Perth-Aviemore cut-off over Slochd so as to cut the Perth-Inverness passenger transit by reducing the distance compared with the route via Forres and Dava.” [1: p7]

However, the end of the 19th century saw the end of the more absurd, wasteful and expensive rivalry between the Highland and the Great North of Scotland Railway.

North and Northwest of Inverness

Drew comments: “True to its purpose of helping in the economic development of the Highlands, the I&AJR (as it was until it became the HR in 1865) started, in the early 1860s, … pushing north from Inverness. Once again local men and women co-operated. By means of working and eventually taking over lengths of line originally built as independent undertakings, the Farther North line of the HR reached Thurso, Britain’s most northerly town and 20 miles from Duncansby Head, in 1874; Penzance had been linked with London some years before, so that the British railway system extended from (near) John o’ Groats to (near) Land’s End in less than 50 years from the opening of the Stockton & Darlington.” [1: p7]

The Farther North Line or the Far North Line

In Drew’s opinion, “The Farther North line is unique in Britain. The distance by rail from Inverness to Wick, its terminus (Thurso being at the end of the branch) is 161 miles, because the line avoids expensive bridges over the sea lochs, serves as many population centres and even isolated estates as possible, and runs inland from Helmsdale roughly in a semicircle through some desolate country to near Wick. The object was partly to serve the population (sometimes by means of lonely roadhead stations) and partly to avoid the cliffs along the coast north of Helmsdale. By bridging the narrower sea lochs and keeping nearer to the coast the distance from Inverness to Wick could have been only a little over 100 miles; but that would have left many places in Ross & Cromarty, Sutherland and Caithness even farther from a railhead than they are. Less than 10 miles of the more direct route along the coast beyond Helmsdale would have been really difficult construction, probably involving some tunnelling under cliffs.” [1: p7]

Drew notes the problems encountered with snow on the Farther North line, particularly the problem of drifting snow on relatively open expanses of moorland and its propensity to collect in narrow railway cuttings. He highlights the resources needed and the logistics involved in clearing lines that were remote from highway links.

He also highlights the sterling efforts of the Highland Railway in maintaining supplies and communication to the Royal Navy in Inverness and at Scapa Flow during the first world war, over a line not built for such traffic flows. “One of the hardest tasks was the working of trains of coal, largely high-quality steam coal for the Fleet from South Wales, to Invergordon and Thurso; well over 200 miles of the journey was over the HR and most of that distance was single track. The HR had of course to borrow engines and wagons from other railways. The difficulties included lack of the running loops needed for such heavy two-way traffic.” [1: p9]

A daily scheduled service ran from Euston to Thurso during both world wars. Officially ‘The Euston to Thurso Naval Special’, this was known colloquially as the Misery Express or more positively, ‘The Jellicoe Express’. “It was named after Admiral Sir John Jellicoe and carried service personnel to and from Naval bases around the country, including Scapa Flow. WW100 Scotland reports that in WW1 it ran 15th February 1917 – 30th April 1919.” [9]

It was estimated to have transported some half a million service personnel during the two wars. (Helmsdale says half a million in each war). It was the longest scheduled rail service ever to run in the UK.

Crewe Station was one of the few scheduled stops on the 717-mile 21h 30m journey. This was a major refreshment stop, where over 300 women volunteers worked around the clock to provide refreshments in a canteen on Platform 6. Helmsdale was another refreshment stop.

From Royal Naval Association: “Although seen as a crucial piece of Naval infrastructure, the train also carried thousands of soldiers and airmen over the years.Travelling on it was usually a nightmare – invariably overcrowded, most passengers were unlikely to get a seat, and only the shortest of them could hope to get any sleep (if they could find an empty wire luggage-rack). In the Great War it left London at 6pm, arriving at Thurso at 3.30pm the following day. The southbound service took an hour longer …”

The Far North/Father North Line will be covered in detail in a future article. The early involvement of the 3rd Duke of Sutherland in the development of the line is covered here. [51]

The Skye Line from Dingwall to Kyle of Lochalshwas also built to develop rural areas. Whereas the purpose of the Farther North was to help the mainland northerly counties (though the promoters had Orkney traffic via Scrabster in mind), the Skye line was regarded also as a means of helping economically depressed Skye and Lewis and Harris and such others of the Hebrides as sent fish and the products of sheep farming to the south.” [1: p9]

Kyle of Lochalsh Railway Station – the terminus of the Dingwall & Skye Railway, © Public Domain (Ian Allan Library). [1: p6]

Drew tells us that “the line began as an independent undertaking, the Dingwall & Skye, and was to run for 63 miles across Ross & Cromarty and over the watershed between the Moray Firth and the Atlantic to Kyle of Lochalsh, terminus of the shortest ferry crossing to Skye and a site for berths for seagoing steamers to Lewis and other islands. Construction was delayed by opposition at Strathpeffer, which little spa had to be bypassed by a costly deviation. Consequently the line only reached Strome Ferry, at the head of the sea inlet, Loch Carron, in 1870. This remained the terminus and point of embarkation until 1897, when the Skye line eventually reached the Kyle, which became an admirably designed minor packet port, complete with a hotel.” [1: p9]

Drew explains that the HR absorbed the Dingwall & Skye (D&S) in 1880. “For 10 years from the opening of the railway to Strome Ferry the D&S and later the HR operated the shipping services between Strome Ferry and Skye and the Hebrides. They were eventually taken over by David MacBrayne and [then] … by Caledonian MacBrayne Ltd. … The HR later had high hopes of Strathpeffer; it built a special two-mile branch (now closed) thither from Fodderty Junction and during the season a Strathpeffer Spa express was run non-stop from Aviemore to Dingwall and on to the branch.” [1: p9]

The line to Skye and the Strathpeffer Branch are covered in detail elsewhere. The Strathpeffer Branch is dealt with here. [3] An article about the line to Kyle of Lochalsh will follow in due course.

Locomotives and Rolling Stock

To conclude this article we take a look at the notes Drew provides on the locomotives employed by the HR and further, at its locomotive superintendents: “The Jones Goods, placed in service from 1894, is one of the best-known types of engine of any British railway, famous as the first instance in the UK of the 4-6-0 wheel arrangement. … Experience with the Jones Goods helped their designer David Jones in developing the Castle Class express passenger 4-6-0s, which did not, however, enter service until 1906, after Jones had retired, and details were finalised by his successor Peter Drummond. … Struck by the magnificent work of the Castles on the HR main lines, the French State Railways in 1910 ordered 50 from the North British Locomotive Company. As illustrations show, Jones’s designs, despite the louvred chimneys, were handsome, and most were highly efficient. In view of the many steep gradients it might be asked why Jones did not develop six-coupled engines before. Indeed the HR and its constituents seemed to prefer Alexander Allan single drivers (successful on lines in flat country) long after greater adhesion became necessary.” [1: p11]

Having developed successful goods and passenger 4-6-0s, the HR went ahead with others. The best was F. G. Smith’s River Class of 1915, which were not allowed to work on the HR after delivery, because of Smith’s failure to consult the civil engineer, and had to be sold to the CR. His successor Cumming was responsible for two fine designs of 4-6-0, the Cumming Goods and the Clans, but there was little opportunity for those engines to show their paces before grouping.” [1: p11]

William Barclay was HR locomotive superintendent from 1855 until 1965. “During Barclay’s incumbency, … various 2-2-2 and 2-4-0 locomotives were built, along with a solitary 0-4-0T. An 0-4-0ST was also inherited from the Findhorn Railway. Many of Barclay’s locomotives would later be rebuilt by Stroudley or Jones – most of the 2-2-2s ended up as 2-4-0s and one became a 2-2-2T, a pair of 2-4-0s became 4-4-0s and the 0-4-0T became an 0-4-2T. Only 4 much rebuilt Barclay locomotives (all 2-4-0s) were still in stock at the time of the Grouping.” [35]

William Stroudley was HR locomotive superintendent from 1865 to 1870. “His main achievement was high standards of maintenance and cleanliness that continued to be achieved long after his departure to the LB&SCR. He did much to rationalise the HR Lochgorm Works at Inverness.” [1: p11]

Stroudley was also responsible for the design of a small HR 0-6-0ST which, with modifications, was to become the well-known Terrier Class A1 of the LB&SCR. The HR 0-6-0STs were the first locomotives to be built at the Highland Railway’s Lochgorm works in Inverness. The design was the only new design of locomotive brought in during William Stroudley’s spell as the company’s locomotive superintendent. Only three of engines were built. [4] All three, built in 1869, 1872 and 1874, “started life with second hand boilers, shortened to suit, with the dome over the firebox. The side tanks had extra capacity in the form of an arched tank placed over the boiler. The cab was typical of Stroudley but there was no coal bunker; it was carried on the right hand side in the space alongside the firebox between the cab and the side tank, both sides having extended lower cab sides meeting the tanks.” [39]

To the end the three engines showed strong Stroudley features, although they were not entirely identical, the oldest acquiring a larger side tank during rebuilding in 1917 and the rear toolbox was replaced by a small bunker on all three. Typically for HR engines all three were named: No. 56 – Balnain when new, then Dornoch in 1902; No. 57 – Lochgorm; No. 16 – St. Martin’s when new, then Fort George in 1899. … The later names reflect the move of the engines to those branches. Latterly in HR days they were nameless. The LMS correctly placed Nos 56 and 57, by then with duplicate list numbers as 56B and 57A, with similar powered tanks as Nos 16118 and 16119, by which time the former was working the Strathpeffer branch, but the third was numbered 16383 at the end of the other 0-6-0T classes this may have been due to mistaken identity. All three were soon running with LMS numbers, Inverness having applied LMS numbers and livery rather quickly, but they were condemned in 1927-32.” [39]

HR 0-6-0ST No. 57 ‘Lochgorm’ at Inverness. It was built in November 1872 and was the second of three locomotives in the Class. Iw was rebuilt in August 1897, its name was removed in 1898. It was later renumbered 16119 by the LMS until it was withdrawn from service and scrapped in December 1932. It was the longest serving of the three locomotives of the Class, © Public Domain. [5]

Until 1869, all locomotives were painted dark green. After that, passenger locomotives were painted yellow ochre , and freight locomotives were painted Scottish green (very dark green). From 1885, all locomotives were painted pea green with red and white trim. From 1903, the green became darker again, and the tenders now bore the inscription “Highland Railway.” [5]

David Jones was Locomotive  Superintendent from 1870 to 1896. He “designed several classes of 4-4-0, and was also notable for introducing the 4-6-0 wheel arrangement to the UK. He also produced small numbers of 0-4-4ST, 2-4-0, 2-4-0T and 4-4-0T locomotives. Of 88 engines built to Jones’ design (including 3 built as late as 1917), 74 passed to the LMS in 1923. A small 2-4-0T purchased secondhand from the Duke of Sutherland also made into LMS ownership.” [35]

Both the Highland Railway and the Glasgow & South Western Railway initially put [4-4-0 locomotives] on the line during 1873, the first in June, the latter in July – however the important distinction was that the former was produced by fitting a bogie to an outside cylinder 2-4-0 locomotive dating from 1858. The need arose from problems encountered on the recently opened (1870) line from Dingwall to Strome Ferry, the long fixed wheelbase of the six-wheelers sent there not taking kindly to the sharp curves. The first convert was No 10, followed by No 7, another 1858 engine, in 1875. The immediate result for the HR was the introduction of a new 4-4-0 type in 1874, the ’60’ class, which however was for main line work, ten being supplied by Dübs, and at the same time the most powerful passenger engines in Britain. For some years the Lechatelier counter pressure brake was fitted, later replaced by vacuum. With these engines came the well known louvred chimney, a feature of David Jones’ Highland engines. Seven more were built by the company at their Lochgorm Works in 1876-88, generally similar apart from boiler dimensions. Eight others, Nos 76-83, dated 1886, were the first products of the Clyde Locomotive Works of Glasgow (soon absorbed by Sharp, Stewart); the first engine of this batch was displayed at the 1886 Edinburgh Exhibition. The type was perpetuated in 1892 when Nos 89-100 were completed, essentially the same class, apart from further boiler enlargement. As main line engines all of these 4-4-0s were named, but confusion arises from numerous changes of names. Several lasted into LMS days, but only one of the Clyde built and six of the 1892 engines were allocated LMS numbers.” [10: p5]

After the first ‘Skye Bogie’s had appeared in 1873, Jones ordered ten ‘Duke’ class 4-4-0s from Dubs & Co. which were delivered in the summer of 1874. A further seven ‘Duke’ class engines were built by the HR at their Lochgorm Works, Inverness between 1876 and 1888. The first of these, No. 4 ‘Ardross’ seen here prior to being renamed ‘Auchtertyre’ in 1901. These engines had 6 ft 3.5 in diameter coupled wheels, one foot larger than the ‘Skye Bogies’. [10: p10][13]
The Highland Railway ‘Bruce’ or E class locomotives were a series of eight locomotives designed by David Jones and built by the Clyde Locomotive Company of Glasgow (eventually part of Sharp, Stewart). These locomotives were known as ‘Clyde Bogies’, © Public Domain. [29]

A smaller wheeled version of these classes for the Strome Ferry line, hence its popular title ‘Skye Bogie’, was only slowly multiplied, one engine in 1882, followed by eight in 1892-1901, the last four appearing after Peter Drummond had succeeded Jones in 1896. With the completion of No 48 in 1901 the use of the “Crewe” pattern of front end frames and cylinders on new building ceased. Unlike the ’60’ class these engines were not named. All passed into LMS stock but one was not given a new number. However one of them was a combination, identified as a ‘Skye Bogie’ because of its smaller coupled wheels, the frames originating from No 70, the 1882 engine, other components being derived from No 67 of the ’60’ class, the assemblage being completed in February 1923 and identified as No 67 Cromartie. Useful in their later days on branch lines it was 1930 before the last was condemned.” [10: p5]

The prototype ‘Skye Bogie’ No 70 was placed on the duplicate list in 1912 as No 70A and is seen here on station pilot duty at Inverness on 1st July 1915. At the beginning of 1923 it was given the boiler from withdrawn ‘Duke’ No 67 and was restored to the capital list as No 67, its original No 70 having been taken by one of the three ‘Lochs’ built in 1917. The LMS recognised its history by allotting the No 14277 with the sole remaining ‘Duke’ between it and the rest of the ‘Skye Bogies’ © Public Domain. [12] Also
K.A.C.R. Nunn/LCGB Ken Nunn Collection 2026[10: p11]
The second of the two Hawthorn 2-4-0s built in 1858 for the Inverness & Aberdeen Junction Railway that were rebuilt as 4-4-0s in 1873 and 1875 by David Jones for working the Dingwall & Skye line to Strome Ferry. No 7 is seen as running in the 1890s having lost the name Dingwall but before being placed on the duplicate list, © Public Domain. [11]

Despite introducing a large six-coupled goods in 1894 Jones retained the 4-4-0 wheel arrangement for the next express locomotives. Again the new class, ‘119’ or ‘Lochs’, were some of the most powerful passenger engines in the land. Most of the established features of Inverness engines were retained, the louvred chimney, the Stroudley cab but the frames and cylinders were conventional, not of the “Crewe” type. An early form of piston valves were used, not successfully for they were soon replaced by balanced slide valves. All were named after ‘Lochs’ in the Highland area. There were few changes in HR days although No. 130 ran with a feed water heater. Even after displacement as the premier main line engines by Drummond’s 4-6-0 ‘Castle’ class in 1900, the ‘Lochs’ remained almost confined to the HR main line right up to the Grouping. When further engines were urgently required during World War I the need was partly met by obtaining in 1917 three more of the class from North British in Glasgow, time and expenses being saved by using existing patterns and drawings.” [10: p5]

The ‘Lochs’ were Jones’ final design for the Highland Railway. 15 were originally built by Dubs & Co. in July-September 1896. [10: p16] With the 3 built in 1917, this meant that a total of 18 members of this class were built.

Highland Railway ‘Loch’ Class Locomotive No.125, ‘Loch Tay’: these were large 4-4-0s normally used north of Inverness. They were introduced in 1896, to the design of David Jones. Fifteen were built by Dübs and Company in Glasgow, all going into traffic between July and September 1896. Three more were built in 1917 by Dübs’ successor, the North British Locomotive Company (NBL), © ETH-Bibliothek Zürich, Bildarchiv / Fotograf: Unbekannt / Ans_05373-0434 / Public Domain (CC0). [32]
Loch Shin at Kyle of Lochalsh. The second engine is probably a ‘Skye Bogie’. This picture of Loch Shin shows the louvres on the chimney rather well, © Robin Gibbons who kindly has allowed me to use the image. [41]

Drummond brought about a complete transformation of Highland engine power, such that it seemed that his brother Dugald, and Eastleigh Works of the London & South Western Railway had taken over, for many of Peter Drummond’s classes corresponded to L&SWR designs. The first of two Drummond 4-4-0 classes appeared in 1898 and were slightly smaller than the ‘Loch’ class, being intended for services from Inverness to Aberdeen and Wick. The eight initial engines were supplied by Dübs in 1898, followed by a further nine built at Inverness in 1899-1901. Three more came from Glasgow in 1906, having tenders with a little more water capacity. Six-wheeled tenders had been supplied with the class but at times a few engines ran with eight-wheeled tenders from other classes. There was an important change from the previous Inverness adherence to Allan’s straight link valve gear to Stephenson link motion. Another change was the introduction of steam reversing gear, although the initial eight had lever reverse until modified. Nos 2 and 13-7 were dual braked and Nos 2 and 7 later ran with Smith’s feed water heaters. Named after Scottish mountains these engines were inevitably known as the ‘Ben’ class. The first engine arrived at Inverness with the name Ben Nevis to the embarrassment of the HR for that mountain is far away in rival North British Railway territory so a hurried change was made to Ben-y-Gloe.” [10: p5]

Highland Railway ‘Ben’ Class Locomotive No. 1, ‘Ben-y-Gloe’ was originally named ‘Ben Nevis’ but hastily changed to be named after a mountain in Highland Railway territory. There were actually two separate ‘Ben’ classes, usually referred to as the ‘Small Bens’ and the ‘Large Bens’: Highland Railway C and U classes. The designer was Peter Drummond, the builders were: Dübs & Co. (8 Small); HR Lochgorm Works (9 Small); and North British Locomotive Co. (3 Small, 6 Large). Serial numbers were: Dübs: 3686–3692 (Small); NBL: 17398–17400 (Small); 18269–18272 (Large); 18803–18804 (Large). Build dates were: 1898–1906 (Small); and 1908–1909 (Large). In total 20 small and 6 large ‘Bens’ were produced. [33]

Rowledge continues: “A further six 4-4-0s engines, intended for Inverness and Wick trains, were provided by North British in 1908-9, using the frames, etc., of the ‘Ben’ class but carrying a larger boiler, becoming the ‘New Ben’ class, using more mountain names. All had steam reversers and three, Nos 60, 61 and 63, were dual braked. Smith’s feed water heaters were fitted in 1914-5, feed water initially being heated by exhaust steam in a heat exchanger placed alongside the smokebox on the right hand side and then further heated by another set of tubes inside the smokebox. The four 1908 engines started with the same size 3,185 gallon tenders as the last three ‘Bens’, but two, Nos 61 and 63 soon received 3,200 gallon double bogie tenders taken from 0-6-0 tender engines, while the final pair had even larger 3,600 gallon bogie tenders.” [10: p5]

Despite wartime conditions a new design appeared in 1916 after Cumming had replaced Drummond as Locomotive Superintendent, larger and heavier than any previous HR 4-4-0 class. Nos 73 and 74 were the first two-cylinder engines of this wheel arrangement in Britain to have outside cylinders and valve gear. Apart from the rejected ‘River’ class 4-6-0 engines this pair were the first on the HR to have superheaters, Drummond not having taken to this development while at Inverness. Both were built for the ‘Far North’ line but they also saw use between Inverness and Perth.” [10: p5]

When Cumming replaced Drummond he ordered two superheated 4-4-0 locomotives which were known as the ‘Durn‘ class. They were ordered specifically for use on the Far North line. This postcard image shows No. 74 ‘Durn’ in LMS livery as No. 14523, © Public Domain. [34] The other locomotive of this class was ‘Snaigow’. These two locomotives were entirely of Hawthorn, Leslie design and were built in 1916. They were delivered  to the Highland Railway in November 1916. They were the only British two-cylinder 4-4-0s to have outside Walschaerts valve gear, although the gear was rather hidden behind the casing over the pistol valves in which an oval slot was cut to improve access to the motion. [10: p25]

From the late 1920s ‘Snaigow‘ and ‘Durn‘ were found mostly working from Aviemore Shed on goods or piloting work, having been replaced on the Far North line by Drummond ‘Castle’ 4-6-0s which were in turn displaced by new LMS ‘Crabs’ and Caledonian ‘Rivers’ sent to the Highland Railway. The arrival of Stanier ‘Black Fives’ sealed their fate and both were withdrawn in the mid-1930s. [10: p25]

The LMS inherited 78 4-4-0s from the HR – this is the official figure contained in a document at the Public Record Office, Kew – but two others were still extant and are usually included in the initial LMS total. Only 61 were allotted new LMS numbers, the rest being written off during 1923. Despite early withdrawal of pre-1896 examples several of them, Nos 14271/2/5-9/82-5, appeared in the LMS red livery with large numerals on the tender.” [10: p5-7]

The Highland [4-4-0] engines lasted rather better than those of the G&SWR, twelve passing into British Railways stock.” [10: p7] The last of these was ‘Small Ben’ No. 54398 ‘Ben Alder‘ which was scrapped in the second half of 1952.

Having followed the various 4-4-0 classes employed by the Highland Railway we return to look at David Jones’ other locomotive designs. As we noted above, he “was also notable for introducing the 4-6-0 wheel arrangement to the UK. He also produced small numbers of 0-4-4ST, 2-4-0, 2-4-0T and 4-4-0T locomotives. Of 88 engines built to Jones’ design (including 3 built as late as 1917), 74 passed to the LMS in 1923. A small 2-4-0T purchased secondhand from the Duke of Sutherland also made into LMS ownership.” [35]

David Jones Goods class “was notable as the first class with a 4-6-0 wheel arrangement in the British Isles. Fifteen were built, and one has survived to preservation.” [36]

Jones Goods locomotive, HR No. 103 survived into preservation. It is seen here at the Riverside Museum (replacing the preceding Glasgow Museum of Transport), Partick, Glasgow. [36][37]

Fifteen ‘Jones Goods’ locomotives “were built by Sharp, Stewart and Company and delivered between September and November 1894, numbered 103 to 117. At the time, these were the most powerful main line engines in the country. Originally intended principally as freight engines, they were often called upon for passenger duties during the wide fluctuations of traffic which occurred on the Highland Railway, particularly during the summer season.” [36]

Although the type was a notable success for Jones, an accident while testing one of the locomotives caused one of his legs to be severely scalded. Although he recovered, he was permanently affected and by the end of December 1896 had retired due to ill-health.” [36]

Peter Drummond was Locomotive Superintendent of the HR from 1896 to 1912. Under Peter Drummond, new 0-4-4T, 0-6-0T, 0-6-4T, 0-6-0, 4-4-0 and 4-6-0 designs emerged. All 72 of his locomotives passed to the LMS. [35] Among those 72 locomotives were the class ’18’ 0-6-0s – these were the only class of 0-6-0 employed by the HR. The class was introduced on the network in 1900. [38: p9]

Originally intended to be 15 in number the initial order was for only six when placed in 1899, Dübs supplying Nos 134-9. They were followed by Nos 18-21 in 1902, also from Dübs, and finally Nos 36 and 55 (the latter renumbered 37 in 1921) in 1907 from North British. The class replaced an assortment of small and old 2-4-0 locomotives. The 1902 engines had Drummond water tube fireboxes, but otherwise the “Barneys” (just how the class became so named is lost in the mists of the past) were quite conventional. The first six had double bogie tenders, the rest six wheeled, the former being exchanged with six wheeled tenders from the 4-4-0 ‘Ben’ class (LI No 117) in 1902-13.” [38: p9]

Most of the ’18’ class, as far as is known, were used on goods trains to east and north of Inverness rather than the main line to Perth. Despite not having steam heating pipes there was some use on passenger trains, especially excursions. In LMS ownership the class was numbered 17693-17704. In 1938 Nos – 17693-5/7, 17703 were moved to the Glasgow area to assist with extra traffic to the Glasgow Exhibition, when more engines with vacuum brakes were needed, working from Dawsholm, – Motherwell and Hamilton. One No 17694, was even seen on an excursion train at Edinburgh which also crossed the Forth Bridge to Burntisland. Although returned to Inverness later that year five were again used in Glasgow during 1939, but not for long. A longer stay in that area began at the end of 1946 when the eight survivors moved to Corkerhill, some later being transferred to Ayrshire sheds. Seven passed into British Railways stock, the last being withdrawn in 1952.” [38: p9]

Generally, the HR had little use for shunting tank engines, but “In 1903/04 the Highland Railway built three powerful 0-6-0 tank engines at its Lochgorm works in Inverness. Numbered 22, 23 and 24 they were used for shunting duties. The boilers and wheels were taken from older locomotives that had been scrapped and this led to the engines being referred to as ‘Scrap Tanks‘.” [40] These outside cylinder engines were, “quite unremarkable except that the boilers were recovered from obsolete 2-4-0 locomotives together with re-usable wheels and other parts. The result was a class with rather larger wheels than usual for shunters. Normally there were two working at Inverness with the other at Perth. Once the boilers were no longer listed as a standard type their survival was limited and they were condemned in 1930-2.” [39: p9]

Frederick George Smith was Locomotive Superintendent from 1912 to 1915, his “brief tenure was cut short by a dispute over his sole design, the ‘River’ Class 4-6-0. Six locomotives were built, but they were (wrongly) considered to be too heavy for the Highland Railway, and were sold to the Caledonian Railway without being used.” [35]

Christopher Cumming was Locomotive Superintendent from 1915 to 1922. He designed one class of 4-4-0 and two types of 4-6-0, totalling 18 locomotives, which all passed to the LMS. [35]

The Future

One feature of Drew’s article, written at the end of 1975, was the palpable concern expressed over the security of rail services in the remote areas of Scotland and particularly from the Farther North Line and the Kyle of Lochalsh line. With hindsight, we can say that (although justified in the mid-1970s, with the bias of the time towards road transport) what was feared has not come to pass. [1: p8] Passenger rail services on both these lines (and on the West Highland line) continue, although we should note that Scotland’s Railway receives some of the highest public subsidy anywhere in the UK: two thirds of the costs come from the Scottish Government; and on average, tickets are 20% lower than the rest of the UK. [2]

References

  1. Brian Stephenson (ed.); The Highland Railway; Trains Illustrated No. 18, Ian Allan, Shepperton, London, 1976.
  2. https://www.transport.gov.scot/public-transport/rail/investing-in-scotlands-railway/scotlands-railway-delivering-value-for-money, accessed on 18th April 2025.
  3. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/03/23/the-highland-railways-strathpeffer-branch
  4. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/24612, accessed on 18th April 2025.
  5. https://britbahn.wdfiles.com/local–files/highland-railway/HR_R_Class_57.jpg, accessed on 18th April 2025.
  6. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Highland_Railway, accessed on 18th April 2025.
  7. W. Philip Conolly; British Railways Pre-Grouping Atlas and Gazetteer; Ian Allan, Hersham, 2004.
  8. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Map_of_Highland_Railway_1920.jpg, accessed on 18th April 2025.
  9. https://www.londonremembers.com/subjects/jellicoe-express, accessed on 20th April 2025.
  10. J. W. P. Rowledge; The 4-4-0 Locomotives of the Glasgow & South Western and Highland Railways; in Brian Stephenson (ed.) Locomotives Illustrated No 117, January-February 1998, Ian Allan, Berkhamsted, Herts, 1997.
  11. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Highland_Railway_L_Class#/media/File%3AHR_L_class_7.jpg, accessed on 21st April 2025.
  12. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/gd/asset/24705, accessed on 21st April 2025.
  13. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/24624, accessed on 21st April 2025.
  14. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:GNoSR_Aberdeen_to_Inverness.svg, accessed on 21st April 2025.
  15. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/05/01/the-highland-railway-part-1
  16. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/04/01/the-highland-railways-fortrose-or-black-isle-branch
  17. H. A. Vallance; The Highland Railway (2nd. Ed.); David & Charles, Dawlish, and Macdonald, London, 1963, (First edition published in 1938).
  18. https://maps.nls.uk/view/190684941, accessed on 27th April 2025.
  19. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.8&lat=57.61065&lon=-3.62472&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=0, accessed on 1st May 2025.
  20. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=57.59091&lon=-3.61356&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=99, accessed on 1st May 2025.
  21. https://maps.app.goo.gl/Qs2u8nqMW5iEWADY6?g_st=ac, accessed on 3rd May 2025.
  22. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.4&lat=57.51285&lon=-3.64495&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=94, accessed on 1st May 2025.
  23. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3425127, accessed on 3rd May 2025.
  24. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.5&lat=57.49791&lon=-3.63391&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 3rd May 2025.
  25. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.4&lat=57.43088&lon=-3.65302&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 4th May 2025.
  26. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dava_railway_station, accessed on 4th May 2025.
  27. https://davaway.org.uk/railway-history, accessed on 4th May 2025.
  28. https://youtu.be/T65rgJoVhj0?si=y4WHrtEZ07oST52e, accessed on 4th May 2025.
  29. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Highland_Railway_E_Class, accessed on 17th May 2025.
  30. https://www.vads.ac.uk/digital/collection/IMECHE/id/1390, accessed on 24th May 2025.
  31. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/24864/1/EN24864-lms-14278.htm, accessed on 24th May 2025, accessed on 24th May 2025.
  32. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Highland_Railway_Loch_Class, accessed on 24th May 2025.
  33. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Highland_Railway_Ben_Class, accessed on 24th May 2025.
  34. https://ebay.us/m/Ni0LBj, accessed on 24th May 2025.
  35. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Locomotives_of_the_Highland_Railway, accessed on 24th May 2025.
  36. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Highland_Railway_Jones_Goods_Class, accessed on 24th May 2025.
  37. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Riverside_Museum, accessed on 24th May 2025.
  38. J. W. P. Rowledge; Scottish 0-6-0 and 2-6-0 Classes of the LMS; in Brian Stephenson (ed.), Locomotives Illustrated No 133, September-October 2000, Ian Allan, Berkhamsted, Herts, 2000.
  39. J. W. P. Rowledge; LMS Scottish Goods Tank Locomotives; in Brian Stephenson (ed.), Locomotives Illustrated No 154, July – September 2004, Ian Allan, Berkhamsted, Herts, 2004.
  40. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/25786, accessed on 24th May 2025.
  41. Robin Gibbons owns the glass negative for this image. (Permission given by email on Wednesday 28th May 2025.)
  42. https://www.railmaponline.com/UKIEMap.php, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  43. https://davaway.org.uk, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  44. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=57.37947&lon=-3.63493&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  45. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.0&lat=57.39150&lon=-3.64854&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  46. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=57.35238&lon=-3.60917&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  47. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=57.33524&lon=-3.62039&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  48. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=57.34152&lon=-3.60859&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  49. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=57.32289&lon=-3.61950&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  50. https://www.railscot.co.uk/img/10/93/, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  51. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/06/06/the-duke-of-sutherlands-saloons-locomotives-and-railways
  52. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/cdn/highlife/previews/92/1418d083db7eb8251f35021e8055708d/5/038ca11110d621469f6a46b8080ae793/27400.jpg, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  53. https://canmore.org.uk/site/111459/grantown-on-spey-west-station?display=image, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  54. https://maps.nls.uk/view/74490558, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  55. https://www.ourrailway.org, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  56. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=57.31778&lon=-3.62635&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  57. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=57.31301&lon=-3.63075&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  58. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=57.29776&lon=-3.65651&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  59. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.0&lat=57.28014&lon=-3.67874&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  60. R. V. J. Butt; The Directory of Railway Stations (1st ed.); Patrick Stephens Ltd, 1995.
  61. Past the Tracks – The Aviemore to Forres Line; via http://www.pastthetracks.com/Aviemore/Aviemore_History.html – this link appears to be broken.
  62. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Broomhill_railway_station, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  63. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/1923617, accessed on 21st June 2025.
  64. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Broomhill_railway_station_and_signals.jpg, accessed on 21st June 2025.
  65. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=13.3&lat=57.26878&lon=-3.72388&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 22nd June 2025.
  66. https://www.ourrailway.org/boatofgarten.htmlhttps://www.ourrailway.org/boatofgarten.html, accessed on 22nd June 2025.
  67. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.6&lat=57.19856&lon=-3.82134&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 22nd June 2025.
  68. Mike Bridge, ed.; TRACKatlas of Mainland Britain: A Comprehensive Geographic Atlas Showing the Rail Network of Great Britain (3rd ed.); Platform 5 Publishing Ltd., Sheffield, 2017, p94.
  69. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.2&lat=57.12962&lon=-3.93060&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 22nd June 2025.
  70. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.7&lat=57.07964&lon=-4.05422&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 22nd June 2025.
  71. https://collections.st-andrews.ac.uk/item/aviemore-railway-station-during-construction/63885, accessed on 22nd June 2025.
  72. https://www.ourrailway.org/aviemore.html, accessed on 22nd June 2025.
  73. https://canmore.org.uk/site/69332/kincraig-station, accessed on 23rd June 2025.
  74. https://her.highland.gov.uk/Monument/MHG15369, accessed on 23rd June 2025.
  75. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=57.05264&lon=-4.13071&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 23rd June 2025.
  76. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.5&lat=57.06077&lon=-4.11732&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=87,  accessed on 23rd June 2025.
  77. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Newtonmore_railway_station, accessed on 23rd June 2025..
  78. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/7851723, accessed on 23rd June 2025.
  79. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.4&lat=56.95683&lon=-4.21729&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=94, accessed on 23rd June 2025.
  80. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=18.0&lat=56.93297&lon=-4.24722&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  81. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dalwhinnie_railway_station#/media/File%3AThe_footbridge_at_Dalwhinnie_railway_station.jpg, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  82. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Highland_Main_Line, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  83. John Thomas & David Turnock; A Regional History of the Railways of Great Britain. Volume 15 North of Scotland; David St John Thomas, Newton Abbott, 1989, p236.
  84. Highland doubling; in The Railway Magazine Issue No. 902, June 1976, p277.
  85. Highland doubling starts; in The Railway Magazine Issue No. 905, September 1976, p476.
  86. Highland main line upgrade work complete; Network Rail, 28th March 2019, via https://www.networkrailmediacentre.co.uk/news/highland-main-line-upgrade-work-complete, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  87. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.7&lat=56.86680&lon=-4.25512&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 25th June 2025.
  88. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.9&lat=56.86716&lon=-4.25572&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  89. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.9&lat=56.85045&lon=-4.24636&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  90. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.6&lat=56.83262&lon=-4.22399&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  91. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dalnaspidal_railway_station#/media/File%3AFormer_station%2C_Dalnaspidal_-_geograph.org.uk_-_203642.jpg, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  92. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.2&lat=56.81637&lon=-4.13297&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=94, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  93. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.3&lat=56.76835&lon=-3.96242&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=97, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  94. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.3&lat=56.77235&lon=-3.93034&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  95. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/4160599, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  96. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.7&lat=56.76613&lon=-3.85122&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  97. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3653796, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  98. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3207521, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  99. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/1828415, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  100. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/5865219, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  101. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=56.76512&lon=-3.84405&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=94, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  102. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.1&lat=56.74535&lon=-3.77703&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 25th June 2025.
  103. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.1&lat=56.74175&lon=-3.77276&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 25th June 2025.
  104. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.1&lat=56.70418&lon=-3.73554&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 25th June 2025.
  105. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.1&lat=56.65105&lon=-3.66906&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 25th June 2025.
  106. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.1&lat=56.62310&lon=-3.63682&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 25th June 2025.
  107. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.1&lat=56.61348&lon=-3.63925&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 25th June 2025.
  108. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.1&lat=56.60754&lon=-3.63831&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 25th June 2025
  109. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.1&lat=56.56247&lon=-3.60789&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 25th June 2025.
  110. https://youtu.be/08cKLNOwJJs?si=yfNMmticuyLvFsUU, accessed on 25th June 2025.
  111. https://www.tripadvisor.fr/LocationPhotoDirectLink-g186566-d8073533-i258339073-Killiecrankie_Viaduct-Pitlochry_Perth_and_Kinross_Scotland.html, accessed on 25th June 2025.
  112. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pitlochry_railway_station#/media/File%3A2018_at_Pitlochry_station_-_forecourt.JPG, accessed on 25th June 2025.
  113. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:43034_at_Pitlochry_on_platform_1_(going_north).jpg, accessed on 25th June 2025.
  114. https://www.capitalcollections.org.uk/view-item?i=25047&WINID=1750885501785, accessed on 25th July 2025.
  115. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3899955, accessed on 25th June 2025.
  116. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/1543539, accessed on 26th June 2025.
  117. R. V. J. Butt; The Directory of Railway Stations; Patrick Stephens Ltd, 1995, p110.
  118. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Guay_railway_station, accessed on 26th June 2025.
  119. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3418380, accessed on 26th June 2025.
  120. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/1747129, accessed on 26th June 2025.
  121. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/27059, accessed on 26th June 2025.
  122. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/27058, accessed on 26th June 2025.
  123. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/27057, accessed on 26th June 2025.
  124. https://portal.historicenvironment.scot/apex/f?p=1505:300:::::VIEWTYPE,VIEWREF:designation,LB11137, accessed on 26th June 2025.
  125. https://www.railadvent.co.uk/2023/10/network-rail-completes-34m-investment-to-protect-scottish-bridges.html, accessed on 26th June 2025.
  126. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Dunkeld_and_Birnam_Railway_Station._Highland_Main_Line._The_old_Station_buildings._View_south.jpg, accessed on 26th June 2025.
  127. https://www.historichouses.org/house/murthly-castle/history, accessed on 26th June 2025.
  128. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.4&lat=56.54167&lon=-3.52163&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 26th June 2025.
  129. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.6&lat=56.53207&lon=-3.46531&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=94, accessed on 27th June 2025.
  130. https://www.murthly.scot/ajax/gallery/?id=35910, accessed on 27th June 2025.
  131. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Murthly_railway_station, accessed on 27th June 2025
  132. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.6&lat=56.49599&lon=-3.44324&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=94, accessed on 27th June 2025.
  133. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stanley_(SMJR)_railway_station, accessed on 27th June 2025.
  134. https://www.railscot.co.uk/locations/S/Stanley_Junction, accessed on 27th June 2025.
  135. https://www.facebook.com/share/16aHwJ3qWB, accessed on 27th June 2025.
  136. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.6&lat=56.46341&lon=-3.47344&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th June 2025
  137. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.6&lat=56.44897&lon=-3.47148&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th June 2025.
  138. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.6&lat=56.41463&lon=-3.45899&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th June 2025.
  139. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.2&lat=56.39817&lon=-3.44216&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th June 2025.
  140. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.2&lat=56.39700&lon=-3.44253&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th June 2025.

The Duke of Sutherland’s Saloons, Locomotives and Railways

In January 1950, G. Charles published a short (2 page) article about the Duke of Sutherland’s railway interests. [1]

It was only the nationalisation of the British railways which brought to an end the Duke of Sutherland’s hobby of owning and running his own train with running powers over LMS lines.

Charles noted in 1950, that the Duke of Sutherland was the only individual owner of a private railway carriage in the UK. He notes that wealthy men in the USA owned private carriages until the 1930s.

We perhaps ought to remind ourselves that the royal family had access to a number of sets of rolling stock on different railway company lines. A tradition which remained in place once the UK railways were nationalised.

We should perhaps also note that the Duke of Sutherland was not alone in owning his own locomotive which ventured onto the main line railways of the UK. The story of the diminutive ‘Gazelle’ includes its first ownership by a wealthy businessman who took it out onto the main line. Its story can be found here. [2]

Since Charles article of 1950, we have become used to private owners being able to run stock (locomotives, carriages and wagons) on lines which belong to the nation in some guise or other. Indeed, the whole railway network began to operate in this way with privatisation in the 1990s.

Charles continues to tell the story of the Duke of Sutherland’s railway involvement. … “The railway through Sutherland, from Golspie to Helmsdale (17.25 miles), was projected by the third Duke, and built at his own expense, after a local undertaking, the Sutherland Railway, had succeeded only in completing its line from Bonar Bridge to Golspie, 6 miles short of Brora, the intended terminus. The line was authorised on 20th June 1870, but construction already had been begun, and the railway was completed on 19th June 1871. A private station was provided, 2 miles north of Golspie, to serve Dunrobin Castle, the seat of the Duke. The railway from Golspie to Helmsdale was worked by the Highland Railway, but it was not until 28th July 1884, that the Duke sold his undertaking to that company, of which he was already a director. He was also a director of the London & North Western Railway.” [1: p9] Some notes about the Sutherland Railway are included below.

To enable his railway to be opened before the connection with the Sutherland Railway, at Golspie, was completed, the Duke had purchased a locomotive and some coaches. After the Highland Railway took over the working of the line, the engine was used to haul the Duke’s private saloon between Inverness and Dunrobin, but south of Inverness, the saloon was attached to main-line trains. These arrangements were continued after the railways north of Inverness were amalgamated with the Highland Railway, and persisted after the grouping, in 1923.” [1: p9]

The locomotive was a small 2-4-0 tank engine, built by Kitson & Company Leeds, and named Dunrobin. It had outside cylinders 10 in. diameter x 18 in. stroke, and coupled wheels 4 ft. diameter. The weight in working order was 21 tons.” [1: p9]

The first ‘Dunrobin‘ was a small 2-4-0 tank engine, built by Kitson & Company, Leeds. It was used to pull the two daily passenger trains on the line. When the Duke of Sutherland’s Railway reached Golspie in June 1871, the railway operations were transferred to the Highland Railway and the locomotive was used exclusively for the Duke of Sutherland’s private train. [4: p35-36] Dunrobin was sold to the Highland Railway in 1895. It was rebuilt in 1896 with a larger boiler and cylinders. The Highland Railway numbered it 118 and named it Gordon Castle for use on the Fochabers branch. Later it was renamed Invergordon and used as a shunter in that town, where it survived until just after the Grouping. [14]

The original Dunrobin was acquired by the Highland Railway, and rebuilt at the Atlas Works, with a larger boiler, and new cylinders. It was numbered 118, named Gordon Castle, and put to work on the branch from Orbliston Junction to Fochabers. Some years later, it was renamed Invergordon, and used for shunting at Invergordon Harbour. During the first world war, it was loaned to the Great North of Scotland Railway, and was scrapped in 1923. The second Dunrobin performed shunting duties at Invergordon, and at Rosyth, during the [second world] war.” [1: p9]

The Duke of Sutherland’s locomotive Dunrobin designed by David Jones and built in 1892. [1: p18]

The second Dunrobin survived into preservation. Along with the four-wheel saloon it was sold to Captain Howey and initially preserved as static exhibits at New Romney on the Romney, Hythe and Dymchurch Railway in Kent.

Dunrobin and its carriage at New Romney. [19]

Following Howey’s death in 1963, the locomotive and carriage were sold to Harold Foster, who had them transported to Canada. Foster was declared bankrupt in 1965, [15] and the locomotive and carriage were bought for $15,000 by the Government of British Columbia. Dunrobin was then overhauled at the British Columbia Hydro workshops, to enable it to take part in the Canadian railway centennial celebrations in 1966. [20] Dunrobin and its carriage (58A) became exhibits at Fort Steele heritage village, where Dunrobin was steamed occasionally. It was last steamed at Fort Steele in 2005. [16] 

This image is embedded from the Beamish Museum website. It shows Dunrobin and 58A being tested on 27th June 1966, on the BC Hydro sidings at New Westminster, British Colombia.  This photo is one of an extensive set (plus a scrapbook) recording Dunrobin’s life in British Columbia. [20][21]

In 2010, both were declared surplus to requirements [15] and in January 2011, Beamish Museum announced that it had purchased both the locomotive and carriage which arrived back in the UK in May 2011. Dunrobin was taken to Bridgnorth on the Severn Valley Railway, where restoration work was undertaken. [17] Progress on restoration was slow as the condition of the locomotive was worse than had been anticipated. By 2020 work had made good progress but was halted by the pandemic. In 2021, Beamish Museum, received a grant of £150,000 to allow work to be completed. At that time, the Museum was anticipating that the project would be completed within 2 or 3 years. [20]

Heritage Railway Magazine No. 181 contains a feature article on Dunrobin which can be found here. [18] At present Beamish Museum is still expecting Dunrobin to be in steam at the Museum in 2025. [22]

The Two Carriages

In 1899, a large saloon was built for the Duke at Wolverton Carriage Works, London & North Western Railway. It was designed by Mr. C. A. Park, Carriage & Wagon Superintendent, L.N.W.R., who used it as the prototype for the royal train built in 1903 for King Edward VII and Queen Alexandra, an example of railway coachbuilding, decoration, and furnishing unequalled during the [first half of the 20th century]. This train was used subsequently by King George V and Queen Mary, and George VI and Queen Elizabeth, until 1941. King Edward VIII never used it, as he preferred the late Lord Stamp’s “President’s Car,” which also [was] used by the Princess Elizabeth and Princess Margaret.” [1: p9-10]

After the death of the third Duke, in 1892, his son decided to have a more powerful engine, and David Jones, Locomotive Superintendent, Highland Railway, designed a 0-4-4 side tank engine, with 13 in. x 18 in. inside cylinders, and a boiler carrying a working pressure of 120 lb. per sq. in. The diameter of the coupled wheels was 4 ft. 6 in., and of the trailing wheels 2 ft. 6 in. This engine was built at the Atlas Works, Glasgow, in 1895. Like its predecessor, it was named Dunrobin, and was painted dark green, with black bands, and yellow lining. A seat with leather cushions, extending the full width of the cab, was provided over the coal bunker for passengers riding on the footplate. The front weather board was autographed by several illustrious travellers, who inspected the engine while they were guests of the Duke.” [1: p9][14]

The large saloon in the paint shop at Wolverton in June 1949. [1: p19]

In February, 1949, the Duke of Sutherland advertised his saloon for sale, for conversion into a bungalow; but a Lincolnshire firm of coachbuilders recognised the vehicle from its description, and purchased it. The new owner, the Lincolnshire Trailer Company, Scunthorpe, intend[ed] to preserve the saloon as an example of the finest British coach work in existence. It … also acquired the Duke’s locomotive and smaller saloon, Arrangements [were] made with Capt. J. E. P. Howey, Chairman of the Romney, Hythe & Dymchurch Railway, for the engine and the saloons to be exhibited at New Romney.” [1: p10]

The large saloon [was] 57 ft. long over headstocks, and 61 ft. over the buffers. The width [was] 8 ft. 6 in., and height from rail level to the top of the roof 12 ft. 7 in., and to the side cornices 10 ft. 9.5 in. The saloon [was] carried on four-wheel bogies with a wheelbase of 8 ft., and spaced at 39 ft. centres. It [was] fitted with the vacuum and Westinghouse brakes. …. The saloon [was] divided into a large lounge (13 ft. 10 in. long, and extending over the full width of the vehicle), a smoking room (7 ft. long) three single berth sleeping compartments, a pantry, and a luggage and attendant’s compartment. Two of the sleeping berths [had] separate toilets, and a third toilet adjoin[ed] the smoking room. The lounge [was] furnished with two movable settees, a round table, and four dining chairs; and the smoking room [had] four fixed armchair seats, convertible into two beds, and two folding tables. The vestibules at each end of the saloon [had] end observation windows, but no gangways to connect with other vehicles on the train. Complete privacy for the occupants [was] thus assured.” [1: p10]

The smoking compartment of the Duke of Sutherland’s large Saloon. [1: p19]

Stone’s system of electric lighting [was] installed, and there [were] electric bells to the attendant’s compartment, and electric fans for ventilation in hot weather. The fittings of the pantry include[ed] an oil cooker, a sink and a dresser. Steam heating apparatus, and a self-contained high-pressure hot-water system, [were] provided for warming the vehicle. … The interior decorations of the saloons and berths [were] of Spanish mahogany, white enamelled, and picked out in gold leaf, with solid silver lighting fittings. The ceilings [were] in figured lincrusta, finished in white and gold leaf. The couches and easy chairs [were] upholstered in green figured tapestry, with loose chintz covers, and the pelmets and curtains [were] of green silk and chintz to match. Turkey carpets [were] laid in the lounge and the smoking room, but elsewhere, Wilton pile carpets, underlaid with thick grey felt, [were] used. The external finishings of the saloon [were] dark Sutherland green, on the lower panels, and white, picked out with gold leaf, on the upper panels. The roof and the tyres [were] painted white.” [1: p10]

The bogie saloon is now part of the National Railway Museum’s collection. As of January 2011 it was under the care of the Scottish Railway Preservation Society at the Bo’ness and Kinneil Railway. [14] It remains on display in Museum Hall No. 2 in the Museum of Scottish Railways at the Bo’ness and Kinneil Railway. Further details can be found here. [23]

This photograph of the bogie saloon (57A) is embedded here from the Museum of Scottish Railways website. Please click on the image to go to their website. [23]

The smaller saloon [ran] on four wheels, and [was] 25 ft. long and 8 ft. 6 in. wide. It [was] divided into a saloon, 14 ft. 3 in, long, with side and end windows, and a brake van, 10 ft. long. The saloon [was] furnished with six armchairs and a table, and there [were] three fixed seats in the brake van. The interior decorations [were] of mahogany and maple, and the external finish resemble[d] that of the larger saloon. When the Duke was travelling by special train, north of Inverness, the large saloon was steadied by having the smaller vehicle attached behind it.” [1: p10]

The Duke of Sutherland’s small four-wheel saloon, used for local journeys, and for steadying the large saloon. [1: p18]

The smaller saloon is now at Beamish Museum. It travelled there in 2011 and underwent limited refurbishment to allow it to be placed in service at the Museum. In 2018 it saw its first use at the Museum. [20]

This photograph of coach 58A is embedded her from Heritage Railways Magazine’s website from 2018. Please click on the image to be taken to the report on their website. [24] Should image-link fail, please click here. [25]

The Sutherland Railway and the 3rd Duke of Sutherland

The Sutherland Railway had opened in 1868, terminating at Golspie. The Duke continued the line to Helmsdale from his own resources. It opened from a Dunrobin Castle station to West Helmsdale in 1870, and for some months the Duke had it operated as a private railway. In 1871 the line was completed from Golspie to Helmsdale, and operated as a part of the Highland Railway. … It was absorbed into the Highland Railway in 1884 and continues in use today as part of the Far North Line.” [3]

Various interests in Inverness and in Sutherland sought to extend railways to the North of Inverness. The first step in this was the Inverness and Ross-shire Railway which opened as far as a Bonar Bridge station on 1st October 1864. [4: p30]

Next came the Sutherland Railway which obtained Parliamentary powers to build a line from Bonar Bridge to Brora in 1865. [5] This was assisted by the commercial drive and financial resources of The Duke of Sutherland.” [3]

The Sutherland Railway ran out of money when it reached Golspie. It was “unable to continue to Brora as authorised. By now the Inverness and Ross-shire Railway had been absorbed into the Inverness and Aberdeen Junction Railway, and it was only by the negotiating pressure of the Duke of Sutherland that the line reached Golspie. The Duke of Sutherland had a seat at Dunrobin Castle, which would have been on the Brora line, but was now not railway connected. … The Duke of Sutherland decided to build a line himself, and this became the Duke of Sutherland’s Railway. It obtained its authorising act of Parliament, the Duke of Sutherland’s Railway Act 1870 … on 20th June 1870. [4: p33-36] The act authorised a 17-mile line along the coast from Golspie to Helmsdale, on the borders of Caithness, taking over the Golspie to Brora powers of the Sutherland Railway.” [3][5]

Engineering difficulties at both ends of the line delayed the completion of the line throughout, but the section from Dunrobin to a point just short of Helmsdale was finished by the autumn of 1870. The Duke decided that the railway should be opened forthwith, and a temporary station, known as West Helmsdale, was built at Gartymore. An engine and some coaches were purchased for working the line, but since there was as yet no physical connection with the Sutherland Railway at Golspie, the stock had to be placed on wagons and hauled along the road by a traction engine.” [3][4: p33-36]

The opening ceremony was performed on 17th September 1870 by Princess Christian of Schleswig-Holstein. … From the date of the opening ceremony, the railway was privately operated, but after a Board of Trade inspection it was opened to the public on 1st November 1870.” [3][7]

After the public opening, a service of two trains a day in each direction was run. On 19th June 1871 the works were completed and the railway was opened throughout, and the Highland Railway took over the working. [4: p33-36] The temporary terminus at Dunrobin became a private station serving the castle, at which trains called by request to pick up or set down passengers. In 1902 the buildings were reconstructed to the designs of the estate architect.” [3]

On 28th July 1884 the Duke of Sutherland’s Railway was absorbed into the Highland Railway. [3][4: p40]

It is worth noting that the Duke of Sutherland made a significant loss in undertaking all this work. He later commented in 1870 that it might have been possible to have turned a small profit if he had chosen to undertake the work as a narrow gauge line. …

The Duke of Sutherland said he wished he had known more of the Festiniog Railway six years ago. ‘I have expended’, said His Grace, ‘about £200,000 in promoting and making railways in the North. Had these lines been constructed on the narrow gauge, and had they in consequence cost only two-thirds of the sum that has been expended on them, I should have obtained a direct return on this large sum which I have laid out for the benefit of my estates and of the people in those remote districts. As it is I shall suffer considerable loss.” [8]

The expenditure in the 1860s of £200,000 is the equivalent of close to £31,077,000 in 2025! [9] It is astounding that the Duke’s holdings meant that expenditure of that sum of money did not bring about bankruptcy. “The pound had an average inflation rate of 3.11% per year between 1860  and 2025, producing a cumulative price increase of 15,438.46%! … A pound today only buys 0.644% of what it could buy back then.” [9]

George Granville William Sutherland-Leveson-Gower, 3rd Duke of Sutherland (1828-1882) had interests around the country but of particular interest to me is his involvement with developments in East Shropshire  which became the Lilleshall Company. He also held shares in other industrial ventures, including coal and ironstone mines.

The 3rd Duke of Sutherland inherited significant wealth and estates, including those in West Midlands, which included the estate of Lilleshall. He was also known for his interest in industrial projects, like the Shelton Iron & Steel Co. where he was a principal shareholder. The Duke’s involvement with the Lilleshall estate and his other industrial interests demonstrate a broader pattern of wealth accumulation and investment within his family. The family’s influence extended beyond the specific “Lilleshall” company to include other industrial and land ownership ventures, particularly within the West Midlands region. [10][11][12]

In 1892, the 3rd Duke of Sutherland’s obituary included these words: “…The late Duke was keenly devoted to science as employed for the promotion of the prosperity and material comfort of the tenants on his vast estates. He did more than, perhaps, any other man in the world to utilise cultivation by steam, and at one period he used all the resources and talent of the firm of John Fowler and Co., of Leeds, in this direction. He constructed at his own expense a railway in Sutherlandshire. It is said that an admiring navvy, seeing him start from Dunrobin Station one day, exclaimed to his mate, ‘There, that’s what I calls a real Dook. Why? There he is a driving of his own engine on his own railroad and burning of his own blessed coals!’ One who knew him well has said of him: ‘He was ever ready to assist in the development of ingenious ideas in machinery, mechanical appliances, and the like’...” [12][13]

References

  1. G. Charles; The Duke of Sutherland’s Saloons and Locomotives; in The Railway Magazine, January 1950, Volume 96, No. 585, Transport (1910) Ltd., Westminster, London, p9-10.
  2. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2019/07/21/gazelle.
  3. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duke_of_Sutherland%27s_Railway, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  4. H. E. Vallance et al; The Highland Railway; David & Charles, Newton Abbot, 1938, (extended edition 1985).
  5. David Ross; The Highland Railway; Tempus Publishing Limited, Stroud, 2005, p47-49.
  6. Donald J Grant, Directory of the Railway Companies of Great Britain; Matador, Kibworth Beauchamp, 2017, p155.
  7. Anne-Mary Paterson; Pioneers of the Highland Tracks: William and Murdoch Paterson; The Highland Railway Society, 2013, digital edition not paginated.
  8. The Railways of the Future II; in The Times;  1st March 1870, p4.
  9. https://www.in2013dollars.com/uk/inflation/1860?amount=200000, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  10. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/George_Leveson-Gower,_1st_Duke_of_Sutherland, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  11. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duke_of_Sutherland, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  12. https://www.gracesguide.co.uk/George_Granville_William_Sutherland_Leveson_Gower, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  13. The Engineer; 30th September 1892, p286.
  14. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dunrobin_(locomotive), accessed on 6th June 2025.
  15. Tony Streeter; Dunrobin: Overlooked, outcast and unwanted – until now!; in Steam Railway No. 384; Bauer Media, Peterborough, (7 January – 3 February 2011), p7–8.
  16. Robin Jones; Steam comes home… twice; in Heritage Railway No. 151; Mortons Media Ltd., Horncastle, p24–25.
  17. Will Marsh; Steam Locomotive Notes; in Severn Valley Railway News. No. 220; Winter 2022, p18.
  18. http://beamishtransportonline.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/2012/11/Heritage-Railway-Dunrobin.pdf, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  19. https://beamishtransportonline.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/500891.jpg, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  20. https://beamishtransportonline.co.uk/2021/05/dunrobin-ten-years-on, accessed on 5th June 2025.
  21. https://beamishtransportonline.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/Dun3_1000x982.jpg, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  22. https://beamishtransportonline.co.uk/2025/05/dunrobin-attention-to-detail, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  23. https://museumofscottishrailways.org.uk/duke-of-sutherlands-saloon, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  24. https://www.heritagerailway.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/sites/22/2018/03/HR-239-p18.jpg, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  25. https://www.heritagerailway.co.uk/3869/dunrobins-carriage-back-in-service, accessed on 6th June 2025.

The Railways of Skye and Adjacent Islands – An Overview

There was a 19th century proposal for a public railway to Dunvegan and Portree which never came to fruition. A later proposal was the Hebridean Light Railway which was promulgated by the Hebridean Light Railway Company. It intended to operate on the Scottish islands of Skye and Lewis. [8] The Skye line was to have connected the port of Isleornsay (for ferries from Mallaig on the Scottish mainland) and the port of Uig on the north-west coast of the island, from where ferries would have sailed to Stornoway on Lewis. Another line was then proposed to link Stornoway to Carloway, the second settlement of Lewis. Branch lines were also proposed to Breasclete [9] and Dunvegan. [10]

The line was proposed in 1898, but was never completed. Records of the proposals are held in the National Archives at Kew. [11]

Although these schemes never came to fruition, at least six industrial railways have existed on Skye and adjacent islands at one time or another. These include:

The Loch Cuithir to Lealt Diatomite Railway – Details of this line can be found here. [5]

The Talisker Distillery Tramway – This short 23″-gauge tramway opened in 1900 and closed in 1948. Details can be found here. [6]

The Skye Marble Railway – Soon after the turn of the 20th century a line was opened between the Kichrist Quarries in Strath Suardal and Broadford Pier/Quay. Different sources say that this was initially either and aerial ropeway or a horse-worked tramway. Whatever form the initial arrangements took, by the end of the first decade of the 20th century, it was operating as a steam-hauled 3ft-gauge railway which for a short while (certainly no more than 4 years) employed a Hunslet 0-4-0ST, originally built in 1892 and previously used on the construction of the County Donegal Railway and various other contractors projects. This line is covered in more detail in the article which can be found here. [7]

The Raasay Iron Ore Mines and Their Railway – the railway operated from 1913 to 1919. [1][2]

Susinish (Suishnish) Pier. [3]
Looking down from the former railway over the remains of the iron works and the pier from which the iron was shipped to Ravenscraig in Lanarkshire. Between 1912 and 1916 iron ore was extracted from ironstones that outcrop in the southern part of the Isle of Raasay. Extensive ruins of the workings and associated buildings continue to disfigure the landscape of the island, © Anne Burgess and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [4]

More can be discovered about Raasay’s railway here. [12]

The Quartzite Quarry at Ord (opened in 1945) was equipped with a 3ft-gauge railway along which wagons were pushed by hand to a loading embankment. A short article can be found here. [13]

Storr Lochs Hydroelectric Power Station (opened in 1952) which included a standard gauge electric cable railway which still routinely carries spares and supplies down a 1 in 2 gradient. Another short article can be found here. [14]

Other railways on Skye or on adjacent islands? One source commented that Skye had thirteen different railways/tramways open at one time or another. I have only been able, so far, to identify the ones listed here. Should others be aware of more historic rail sites on Skye, I would be interested to hear. Maybe that source intended their list to include the abortive schemes mentioned at the head of this article? One particular proposal, which never came to fruition, has imaginatively been taken as the basis for the story of the fictitious Highland Light Railway Company. [15]

References

  1. https://www.isbuc.co.uk/Sights/Rail.php, accessed on 13th April 2025.
  2. https://www.hows.org.uk/personal/rail/incline/sky.htm, accessed on 13th April 2025.
  3. https://geoscenic.bgs.ac.uk/asset-bank/action/browseItems?categoryId=1118&categoryTypeId=1, accessed on 13th April 2025.
  4. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/5761169, accessed on 13th April 2025.
  5. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/05/01/the-railways-of-skye-part-1-loch-cuithir-to-lealt
  6. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/05/03/the-railways-of-skye-part-2-the-talisker-distillery-tramway
  7. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/06/02/the-railways-of-skye-adjacent-islands-part-3-the-skye-marble-railway
  8. Direcleit; a’spaidsearachd agus a’meòrachadh: Hebridean Light Railway Company; on Direcleit.blogspot.com; via https://direcleit.blogspot.com/2010/11/hebridean-light-railway-company.html?m=1, accessed on 23rd April 2025.
  9. Tom ………; Railways of Lewis & Harris | Isle Ornsay; on Hlrco.wordpress.com. 5 October 2010; via https://wp.me/p153uL-81, accessed on 23rd April 2025.
  10. Tom ……….; Isle Ornsay | General ramblings of the Hebridean Light Railway Company; via https://hlrco.wordpress.com, accessed on 23rd April 2025.
  11. https://discovery.nationalarchives.gov.uk/details/record?catid=5230967&catln=6, accessed on 23rd April 2025.
  12. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/05/27/the-railways-of-skye-adjacent-islands-part-4-the-raasay-iron-mine-railway
  13. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/06/03/the-railways-of-skye-and-adjacent-islands-part-5-the-quartzite-silica-quarry-tramway-at-ord
  14. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/06/04/the-railways-of-skye-and-adjacent-islands-part-6-storr-lochs-hydroelectric-power-station
  15. https://hlrco.wordpress.com/history, accessed on 1st June 2025.

The Railways of Skye and Adjacent Islands – Part 6 – Storr Lochs Hydroelectric Power Station

Storr Lochs hydro-electric power station was commissioned in 1952. It was built by the North of Scotland Hydro-Electric Board, and used water from Lochs Leathan and Fada, to provide the first general supply of electricity to the island. The power station has a total output of 2.40 MW. Because the location of the turbine house was not easily accessible, it was (and continues to be) served by a standard-gauge electric funicular railway. [1]

The location of Storr Lochs Hydroelectric Power Station in the Northeast of the Isle of Skye. [1]

The funicular is the only working railway on the Isle of Skye. It is below the spectacular stacks and landslips of The Storr on the Trotternish Peninsula, a few kilometres north of Portree.

Loch Leathan and Loch Fada adjacent to the A855 provide the water used in the hydroelectric scheme. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The hydroelectric scheme at Storr Lochs. [1]
The railway alongside the penstock pipes is described as a funicular which is not really the right description as it is a single car steel rope worked system. A funicular would usually have two cars which ass each other at the mid-point of the line. This photograph was taken in 1983, © wfmillar and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [2]
The hydroelectric power station is fed by water from the Storr Lochs which cascades down to the turbines via the penstock pipes seen bottom left. There is a cable railway running alongside the pipes. Beyond the power station can be seen the sweep of Bearreraig Bay with the cliffs of Rubha Sùghar beyond that, © Rob Farrow and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence. [3]
The power station is some 500ft below the lochs and accessed now by a path, but previously by nearly 700 steps alongside the cable, © Norrie Adamson and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [4]
The upper terminus/station and winch house of the cliff railway, © Russel Wills and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 2.0). [8]
The single car ‘train’ is descending the cable railway which connects the Storr Lochs Dam to the Bearreraig hydro power station on the shore of Bearreraig Bay below. The top of the railway, seen here, is less steep than the longer lower section. The three small structures on the cliff edge on the right are information boards at a viewpoint, © Richard Dorrell and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence. [5]
The cable railway descends the hillside alongside the pipes carrying the water from the Storrs Reservoirs down to the power station, © Rob Farrow and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence. [6]

The cable railway was built early in construction of the power scheme, and used to carry materials and equipment to the shores of Loch Bearreraig. In the concrete foundation of the railway over 600 rough steps were built. The first pipeline was constructed for the 1952 opening, and the second pipeline, running parallel added in 1956. [7] The maximum gradient on the railway is 1 in 2. [9]

Photographs of the construction of the scheme can be found here. [10]

Other pictures of this site can be seen here. [11]

References

  1. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Storr_Lochs_Hydro-Electric_Scheme, accessed on 3rd June 2025.
  2. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/1275950 accessed on 3rd June 2025.
  3. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/829150, accessed on 3rd June 2025.
  4. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/107735, accessed on 3rd June 2025.
  5. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/2667791, accessed on 3rd June 2025.
  6. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/830640, accessed on 3rd June 2025.
  7. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/8915, accessed on 3rd June 2025.
  8. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/6613950, accessed on 3rd June 2025.
  9. https://www.railscot.co.uk/img/51/33, accessed on 3rd June 2025.
  10. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/search/?searchQuery=Storr+dam, accessed on 4th June 2025.
  11. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/search/?searchQuery=Storr+power, accessed on 4th June 2025.

The Railways of Skye and Adjacent Islands – Part 5 – The Quartzite (Silica) Quarry Tramway at Ord

There was a short tramway in the quartzite quarry close to Ord which was operational in the mid-20th century. …

The small village of Ord sits on the Northwest side of the Sleat Peninsula. [1]
The small building shown on this map near to Coille a’ Chuaraidh is the approximate location of the quarry. [6]
A road from the village runs Southeast across the Sleat Peninsula. The quartzite quarry was on the North side of the road at Coille a’ Chuaraidh. [1]

J.G. Stein & Co. of Bonnybridge commenced quarrying at Ord, Sleat Peninsula, Isle of Skye in 1944 and this continued until 1960. Silica was extracted from the quartzite ore and used as a heat resistant substance in industrial furnaces, fire bricks, cements, boilers etc. Only the explosives store and a storage building, now used as a bothy, survive. [1]

Ore was removed from the quarry in trucks that ran on a very short rail track to the road where it was loaded onto lorries and taken to the pier at Armadale. The ore was then loaded into a waiting puffer (coastal trading boat). [1]

The high cost of transport away from Skye meant that the quarry was uneconomic and it closed in 1960. [2]

The tramway/railway was very short – only 110 metres in length. [4]

The Ord Quartzite Quarry in 2024, © Copyright Richard Webb and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [7]
A stone shed at Ord Quarry which remained in use in 2010, although Ord Quartzite Quarry was disused, © John Allan and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [8]

Rolling Stock

The tramway was operated by manpower, no mechanical propulsion was employed. Rolling stock consisted of a number of wooden-framed tipper wagons, allegedly used on the Skye Marble Railway. [3]

This image is a postcard view of the Skye Marble Quarry.At the centre of the image is one of the tipper wagons used at Kilchrist and which may well have been bought for use at Ord Quarry. [5]

Until the 1970s, there were a number of these wagons gradually deteriorating on the beach at Ord, although there is no longer any sign of them. [4]

References

  1. https://her.highland.gov.uk/Monument/MHG55558, accessed on 3rd June 2025.
  2. http://www.sleatlocalhistorysociety.org.uk/index.php/township/36, accessed on 3rd June 2025.
  3. https://hlrco.wordpress.com/scottish-narrow-gauge/constructed-lines/skye-marble-railway, accessed on ,3rd June 2025.
  4. https://hlrco.wordpress.com/scottish-narrow-gauge/constructed-lines/ord-quarry-tramway, accessed on 3rd June 2025.
  5. https://www.facebook.com/share/1G4ECRkrPn, accessed on 1st June 2025.
  6. https://helpful-mammal.co.uk/2018/07/29/cxcv-armadale-to-isleornsay, accessed on 3rd June 2025
  7. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/7761899, accessed on 3rd June 2025.
  8. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/2102114, accessed on 3rd June 2025.